Accounting and Finance programme handbook
Transcription
Accounting and Finance programme handbook
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME HANDBOOK 2014 – 2015 ACCOUNTING & FINANCE BSc Accounting (N400) BSc Accounting and Finance (N490) BSc Accounting and French (N410) BSc Accounting and German (N4R2) BSc Accounting and Spanish (N4R4) BSc (Econ) Accounting and Economics (Joint Honours) (LN14) BSc (Econ) Accounting and Management (Joint Honours) (NN24) BSc Finance and Management (NN23) INTERCALARY YEAR ©2014 Cardiff Business School Version control: v1.0: Initial version published to students CBS0422 Created by CARBS Quality and Accreditation Office v0.1 Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS AND DISCLAIMER UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS All students are required, as a condition of enrolment, to abide by University Regulations and any specific Degree Programme Regulations. Full University Regulations are published separately on the University’s Web Site: http://learning.cf.ac.uk/quality/regs/ DISCLAIMER Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained within this handbook and the University will use all reasonable endeavours to deliver Programmes of Study in accordance with the descriptions set out herein. However, from time to time changes in human and/or physical resources or timetable constraints (for example) mean that changes have to be made*. The University therefore: a) reserves the right to make variations to the contents or methods of delivery of degree programmes, to discontinue programmes, and to merge or combine programmes, if such action is reasonably considered to be necessary by the University. If the University discontinues any programme, it will use its reasonable endeavours to provide a suitable alternative programme. b) gives notice that there may be occasions when certain combinations of option courses/modules cannot be timetabled and such combinations will not therefore be available. (*This list is not exhaustive) EXCLUSION CLAUSE All students are notified that the modules advertised or referred to in this handbook are liable to be changed or withdrawn both before or after selection, for any reason including those set out below. Cardiff University accepts no responsibility for any such changes or withdrawals of modules and students select modules at their own risk. Reasons which may cause the change or withdrawal of modules include the loss of any key member of staff or insufficient take-up of modules by students; this list is not exhaustive. TIMETABLING CONSTRAINTS Whilst every effort is made to ensure that the modules offered within a particular degree programme are open to all students on that programme, there may be occasions when certain combinations of optional modules cannot be timetabled and such combinations will not therefore be available. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 3 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook CONTENTS UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS AND DISCLAIMER ................................................... 3 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 10 UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT HUB - KEY CONTACTS ...................................... 12 SEMESTER DATES 2014 - 2015 ............................................................................ 13 YEAR ONE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES ........................................................... 14 N400 BSc Accounting........................................................................................ 15 N490 BSc Accounting and Finance ................................................................... 16 N410 BSc Accounting with French .................................................................... 17 N4R2 BSc Accounting with German .................................................................. 17 N4R4 BSc Accounting with Spanish .................................................................. 17 LN14 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Economics (Joint Honours) ........................ 19 NN24 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Management (Joint Honours) ..................... 20 NN23 BSc Finance and Management ................................................................ 21 YEAR ONE MODULE DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................. 22 BS1501 - Applied Stats & Maths in Econ & Business ........................................... 23 BS1505 - Legal Studies ........................................................................................ 25 BS1509 - Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting ........................ 28 BS1529 - People in Organisations ........................................................................ 32 BS1530 - Principles of Business Management ..................................................... 35 BS1531 - Statistical Analysis ................................................................................ 37 BS1547 - Introduction to Economics..................................................................... 39 BS1551 - Microeconomics .................................................................................... 42 BS1607 - Introduction to Legal Studies ................................................................ 46 BS1610 - Introduction to Finance ......................................................................... 49 BS1611 - Fundamentals of Financial Reporting ................................................... 52 Page 4 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1630 - Principles of Marketing and Strategy .................................................... 55 BS1652 - Macroeconomics ................................................................................... 58 ML1701 - Vocational Language Skills I (French) .................................................. 61 ML1702 - Vocational Language Skills I (Spanish) ................................................ 63 ML1703 - Vocational Language Skills I (German) ................................................ 65 YEAR TWO PROGRAMME STRUCTURES ......................................................... 67 N400 BSc Accounting........................................................................................ 68 N490 BSc Accounting and Finance ................................................................... 69 N410 BSc Accounting with French (Route 1) .................................................... 70 N4R4 BSc Accounting with Spanish (Route 2) .................................................. 70 N4R2 BSc Accounting with German (Route 3) .................................................. 70 LN14 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Economics................................................... 72 NN24 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Management ............................................... 73 NN23 BSc Finance and Management ................................................................ 74 YEAR TWO MODULE DESCRIPTIONS................................................................. 75 BS2502 - Business Finance ................................................................................. 76 BS2506 - Inferential Statistics, Statistical Modelling and Survey Methods ........... 80 BS2507 - Management Accounting ...................................................................... 83 BS2509 - Taxation ................................................................................................ 86 BS2511 - Law of Commerce, Banking and Investment ........................................ 89 BS2514 - Financial Markets & Institutions ............................................................ 91 BS2515 - Auditing and Assurance ........................................................................ 94 BS2516 - Corporate Reporting ............................................................................. 97 BS2518 - Business, Government and Society .................................................... 101 BS2530 - Organisational Behaviour.................................................................... 104 BS2537 - International Management .................................................................. 107 BS2540 - Marketing and Strategy ....................................................................... 110 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 5 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2542 - Managing People ................................................................................ 113 BS2543 - Business Information Systems............................................................ 116 BS2549 - Macroeconomic Theory ...................................................................... 122 BS2550 - Microeconomic Theory ....................................................................... 125 BS2551 - Money Banking & Finance .................................................................. 128 BS2560 - Managerial Economics........................................................................ 132 BS2570 - Introductory Econometrics .................................................................. 136 BS2582 - Operations Management .................................................................... 138 ML2701 - Vocational Skills II .............................................................................. 141 ML2702 - Business Language ............................................................................ 143 ML2703 - Oral Comprehension & Expression .................................................... 145 ML2704 - Business Correspondence.................................................................. 147 ML2711 - Vocational Language Skills II.............................................................. 149 ML2712 - Business Language ............................................................................ 151 ML2713 - Oral Comprehension and Expression ................................................. 153 ML2714 - Business Correspondence.................................................................. 155 ML2721 - Vocational Language Skills II.............................................................. 157 ML2722 - Business Language ............................................................................ 159 ML2723 - Oral Comprehension & Expression .................................................... 161 ML2724 - Business Correspondence.................................................................. 163 INTERCALARY YEAR MODULE DESCRIPTION ................................................ 165 BS4009 - Intercalary Study Programme in Europe ............................................. 166 BS4011 - ICAEW Placement .............................................................................. 168 YEAR THREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES ..................................................... 171 N400 BSc Accounting...................................................................................... 172 N490 BSc Accounting and Finance ................................................................. 174 N410 BSc Accounting with French .................................................................. 176 Page 6 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes N4R2 BSc Accounting with German ................................................................ 176 N4R4 BSc Accounting with Spanish ................................................................ 176 LN14 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Economics................................................. 178 NN24 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Management ............................................. 180 NN23 BSc Finance and Management .............................................................. 181 YEAR THREE MODULE DESCRIPTIONS ........................................................... 182 BS3502 - Business Finance ............................................................................... 183 BS3503 - Development of Accounting ................................................................ 186 BS3506 - International Accounting ..................................................................... 189 BS3514 - International Corporate Finance ......................................................... 192 BS3515 - Financial Derivatives ........................................................................... 196 BS3517 - Management Accounting and Control ................................................. 199 BS3519 - Exploratory Data Analysis ................................................................... 202 BS3520 - Analysis of Financial Reporting Information ........................................ 206 BS3521 - Advanced Corporate Reporting .......................................................... 209 BS3522 - Dissertation (Accounting) .................................................................... 212 BS3538 - Work and Employment........................................................................ 216 BS3543 - Strategic Management ........................................................................ 219 BS3547 - Business Applications ......................................................................... 222 BS3551 - Econometrics ...................................................................................... 226 BS3554 - Financial Economics ........................................................................... 228 BS3555 - International Finance .......................................................................... 231 BS3556 - International Economic History ........................................................... 234 BS3558 - Labour Economics .............................................................................. 238 BS3561 - Modern Business Enterprise ............................................................... 241 BS3565 - Macroeconomic Analysis .................................................................... 245 BS3566 - Microeconomic Analysis ..................................................................... 248 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 7 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3568 - International Trade .............................................................................. 251 BS3570 - Applied Macroeconomics and Finance ............................................... 254 BS3571 - Economics of Banking ........................................................................ 257 BS3572 - Industrial Economics ........................................................................... 260 BS3573 - The Economics of Development ......................................................... 263 BS3612 - Public Sector Accounting .................................................................... 267 BS3614 - Corporate Governance & Accountability ............................................. 270 BS3615 - Security Analysis & Portfolio Management ......................................... 273 BS3618 - The Accounting Profession ................................................................. 276 BS3619 - Modelling in Management Science ..................................................... 280 BS3725 - Advertising and Marketing Communications Management ................. 283 BS3728 - Ethics and Morality of Business .......................................................... 286 BS3735 - Organisational Analysis and Change .................................................. 289 BS3739 - Advanced Operations Management ................................................... 292 BS3740 - International Human Resource Management ..................................... 295 BS3741 - Marketing Decision Making ................................................................. 299 BS3742 - Services and Relationship Marketing .................................................. 302 BS3744 - International Business ........................................................................ 305 ML3701 - Language Skills For Professionals (Fren) ........................................... 308 ML3711 - Language Skills For Professionals (Span) .......................................... 310 ML3721 - Language Skills For Professionals (Germ) ......................................... 312 Page 8 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 9 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook INTRODUCTION WELCOME Thank you for choosing to study at Cardiff Business School (CARBS). For those of you who are just joining us, welcome! We hope that you enjoy your time with us and get as much out of your academic experience here as possible. Those of you who are returning for the next stage of your degree: welcome back, we are really pleased to see you return and continue your studies. HOW TO USE THE PROGRAMME HANDBOOK This Programme Handbook has primarily been designed to act as an aid for you when making your choices for optional modules. It differs from the Student Handbook in that this handbook contains much more factual information about the programme that you have chosen to study. The start of the handbook also contains information about key dates in the academic calendar. If you are starting your first year at Cardiff Business School, the programme structures follow the information pages, with the associated module descriptions on the subsequent pages. Following these are the second year programme structures and module descriptions, with the final year programme and module information near the end of the handbook. STUDY YOUR PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Take some time to study the structure of your programme. Your programme is made up of modules; the components that form the structure and subject matter of your degree. Many of these modules will be ‘core’; this is where you have to study these modules as part of your programme. However, your programme may also include ‘optional’ modules. This is where you have the option of choosing between several different modules, depending on your chosen career direction, your personal interests and modules that you may have chosen or have completed in the previous year. Generally, there are fewer optional modules in the first year compared to the second and final years. If you are at all unsure about what module choices you are required to make when studying your programme diet, please speak to a member of staff who will be more than happy to assist you. The Undergraduate Student Hub (in E25 on the 4 th floor) staff can help, or point you in the right direction. If you are unsure about which module to choose, please feel free to contact the module leader for further information about a particular module, or discuss it with your personal tutor or the relevant Programme Director (see Undergraduate Key Contacts page). Page 10 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes PERSONAL TUTOR You will be allocated a personal tutor at the start of your programme. Your personal tutor will meet with you to discuss your progress and help with any issues you might have. You have three scheduled meetings per academic year with your personal tutor, but you do not have to wait for these specific meetings. (Most tutors will advertise contact details and office hours on their door). Please ensure that you attend the scheduled. Above all, make the most of your time with us. If you need information or help with anything, we are more than happy to assist where we can. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 11 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT HUB - KEY CONTACTS The Undergraduate Student Hub has been designed and created to be a one-stopshop for all your questions, including general queries about your timetable, personal tutoring, your (SIMS) Student Record, Student Cases queries and the submission and collection of your hard-copy assignments. Please visit us, or use the email or phone number, if you have any queries that we can help with. Location: E25 (4th Floor) Phone: +44 (0)29 208 74693 Email: [email protected] Hub Manager: Wendy Brown Hub Team Leader: Emily Parfitt-Croyden Hub Staff: Barry Hogan, Janet Richards, Mark Sweet and Nick Reid CARBS Student Cases [email protected] Use this email address for all - CARBS Student Support Amy Close (Q09) [email protected] Student Cases Queries Extenuating Circumstances Interruption of Study (IoS) Extensions Unfair Practice Appeals Specific Provision Office of Independent Adjudication (OIA) Housing/Accommodation, Student Finance, Immigration, Personal & Course Issues CARBS Careers Centre Jane McElroy (Q09) [email protected] Careers advice, job application assistance, CV writing, mock interviews Programme Director Accounting and Finance Programmes Mr Roydon Roberts Page 12 of 314 Room D01 [email protected] Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes SEMESTER DATES 2014 - 2015 Enrolment Induction Week 22 September 2014 22-26 September 2014 First Teaching Period Starts First Teaching Period Ends 29 September 2014 12 December 2014 Christmas Break 15 Dec 2014 – 5 Jan 2015 Revision/Reading Week (No Lectures) 5 – 9 January 2015 Examinations Start Examinations End 12 January 2015 23 January 2015 Second Teaching Period Starts Second Teaching Period ends 26 January 2015 1 May 2015 Easter Break 30 March to 17 April Revision/Reading Week (No Lectures) 5 – 8 May 2015 (bank holiday on Mon 4th May 2015) Examinations Start Examinations End 11 May 2015 12 June 2015 Exam Resit Period 10 – 21 August 2015 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 13 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook YEAR ONE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES Page 14 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes N400 BSc Accounting AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the discipline of accounting. The theory, concepts, principles and techniques of the core subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the closely related subject areas of auditing, taxation and other specialist topics chosen from a range of permitted option modules, are covered in depth. The close relationship between accounting and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students' academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for a successful career in accounting and business. YEAR 1- REQUIREMENTS Three compulsory double modules BS1501 Applied Statistics and Mathematics in Economics and Business BS1505 Legal Studies BS1547 Introduction to Economics One compulsory single module in the Autumn semester BS1530 Principles of Business Management One compulsory double module in the Autumn semester BS1509 Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting Three compulsory single modules in the Spring semester BS1610 Introduction to Finance BS1611 Fundamentals of Financial Reporting BS1630 Principles of Marketing and Strategy ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 15 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook N490 BSc Accounting and Finance AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME The overall aim of the programme is to provide students with a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and finance. At the same time it seeks to enable students to select for study particular aspects of these and cognate disciplines that suit their own individual interests and requirements within a framework of ensuring that the totality of modules followed represents a coherent learning experience. The close relationship between accounting and finance and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students' academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for successful careers in accounting, finance and business. Appropriate skills training and use are both embedded within the modules taken and, where necessary, provided as additional components. Within these aims, it is intended that the programme of study meets, and exceeds, the requirements of the Accounting Benchmark Statement issued by the QAA and fulfils the exemption requirements of professional accounting bodies. YEAR 1- REQUIREMENTS Three compulsory double modules BS1501 Applied Statistics and Mathematics in Economics and Business BS1505 Legal Studies BS1547 Introduction to Economics One compulsory single module in the Autumn semester BS1530 Principles of Business Management One compulsory double module in the Autumn semester BS1509 Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting Three compulsory single modules in the Spring semester BS1610 Introduction to Finance BS1611 Fundamentals of Financial Reporting BS1630 Principles of Marketing and Strategy Page 16 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes N410 BSc Accounting with French N4R2 BSc Accounting with German N4R4 BSc Accounting with Spanish AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing the student with a thorough understanding of the discipline of accounting together with near native competence in a specified European language and a sound knowledge of the society and institutions of the country of the language. The theory, concepts, principles and techniques of the core subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance are covered in depth. The close relationship between accounting and the discipline of economics, law and management and the vocational and business context of the language are emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students’ academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for a successful career in accounting and business with particular reference to Europe. YEAR 1 REQUIREMENTS One compulsory double module in the Autumn semester BS1509 Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting And two compulsory single modules in the Autumn semester BS1530 Principles of Business Management BS1531 Statistical Analysis And four compulsory single modules in the Spring semester BS1607 Introduction to Legal Studies BS1610 Introduction to Finance BS1611 Fundamentals of Financial Reporting BS1630 Principles of Marketing and Strategy *Continued on next page* ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 17 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook And one compulsory double module BS1547 Introduction to Economics And one of the following language modules ML1701 Vocational Language Skills I (French) ML1702 Vocational Language Skills I (Spanish) ML1703 Vocational Language Skills I (German) Page 18 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes LN14 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Economics (Joint Honours) AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and economics. This will be achieved by covering in depth the core accounting subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the core economics subject areas of micro and macro economics. Also, through the use of module groups in economics in the second and third years, the programme has the aim of permitting students to choose the additional subjects they would prefer to study and examine in depth. YEAR 1 – REQUIREMENTS One Compulsory double module BS1501 Applied Statistics and Mathematics in Economics and Business Two compulsory double modules in the Autumn semester BS1509 Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting BS1551 Microeconomics One compulsory single module in the Autumn semester BS1530 Principles of Business Management One compulsory double module in the Spring semester BS1652 Macroeconomics Two compulsory single modules in the Spring semester BS1610 Introduction to Finance BS1611 Fundamentals of Financial Reporting One single module in the Spring semester from BS1607 Introduction to Legal Studies BS1630 Principles of Marketing and Strategy ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 19 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook NN24 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Management (Joint Honours) AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and management. This will be achieved by covering in depth the core accounting subjects of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the core management subject area of business policy. Also, through the use of option modules in management in the second and third years, the programme has the aim of permitting students to choose the additional subjects that they would prefer to study and examine in depth. YEAR 1 - REQUIREMENTS Two compulsory double modules BS1529 People in Organisations BS1547 Introduction to Economics One compulsory double module in the Autumn semester BS1509 Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting Two compulsory single modules in the Autumn semester BS1530 Principles of Business Management BS1531 Statistical Analysis Four compulsory singe modules in the Spring semester BS1607 Introduction to Legal Studies BS1610 Introduction to Finance BS1611 Fundamentals of Financial Reporting BS1630 Principles of Marketing and Strategy Page 20 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes NN23 BSc Finance and Management AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the theoretical and applied aspects of the disciplines of Finance and Management. It seeks to provide students with a knowledge and understanding of those areas of business, management, finance and quantitative techniques, which are necessary for a proper understanding of management and finance and to place management and finance in their broader organisational and professional contexts. It provides a combination of theoretical ideas and practical techniques which gives a thorough grounding for a variety of careers in management and finance, in business generally, and in other fields. YEAR 1 REQUIREMENTS Three compulsory double modules BS1501 Applied Statistics and Mathematics in Economics & Business BS1529 People in Organisations BS1547 Introduction to Economics One compulsory double module in the Autumn semester BS1509 Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting One compulsory single module in the Autumn semester BS1530 Principles of Business Management Three compulsory single modules in the Spring semester BS1610 Introduction to Finance BS1611 Fundamentals of Financial Reporting BS1630 Principles of Marketing and Strategy ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 21 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook YEAR ONE MODULE DESCRIPTIONS (in order of module code) Page 22 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1501 - Applied Stats & Maths in Econ & Business School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1501 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Dr Saeed Heravi Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to provide non-specialist mathematicians with an introduction and grounding on mathematical and statistical tools necessary for quantitative analysis within business, economic and accounting environments. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C acquire the necessary grounding in the theory, concepts, assumptions and techniques of the varying methods. Discipline Specific Skills: D display a sound understanding of certain mathematical and statistical methods to enable a broad range of data analysis approaches. appreciate the value and completeness of these mathematical and statistical methods in helping to understand varying business/economic activity. display the progression of intellectual development beyond analysis to synthesis and evaluation. display the ability to appreciate and assess empirical work, and therefore learn to employ the correct technique for specific problems. Transferable Skills: display transferable subject-specific and core skills. understanding the progression from problem formulation to solution identification. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 34 hours of lectures and 8 hours of tutorials. The lecture programme is supported by detailed handouts, which strive to challenge and empower students to attempt tutorial questions, which are closely integrated to the lecture material. Students are supported throughout the module through the provision of regular surgeries (18-20 hours per year), advertised ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 23 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook weekly student-lecturer private consultation, revision sessions and e-mail studentlecturer contact. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The examinations contain a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. Questions set are not only designed to test students’ basic knowledge and comprehension of the syllabus, but also to assess their ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts. Questions require a combination of numerical and written answers, which test students’ development of intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills, as well as subject-specific knowledge. A varied range of tutorial, examination-standard, questions are designed to stimulate independent learning and to provide an ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Students are encouraged throughout the module to submit queries, etc., to the module coordinator for discussion and where appropriate, marking. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 20 Autumn Exam 1 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 80 Spring Exam 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content Functions, first and second derivatives. Applications including elasticity of demand. Partial differentiation, method of Lagrange multipliers. Series, including application within Investment Appraisal. Matrices, including applications to solving simultaneous equations and Lieontief input-output analysis. Linear programming, including shadow prices and sensitivity of the solution. Summarising information, including percentage frequency and cumulative frequency tables. Graphical presentation of data including Bar chart, Histogram. Summary Statistics for raw and grouped data including measures of central tendency. Probability, including binomial, Poisson and normal distributions. Central Limit Theorem, including the sampling distribution of percentages, point and confidence interval estimation. Hypothesis testing. Correlation and Regression including significance of rank correlation. Essential Reading and Resource List Anderson, Sweeney, Williams, Freeman, and Shoesmith (2007) Statistics for Business and Economics, West, Saint Paul, MN. Curwin, J. and Slater, R. (2001) Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions, Thomson Learning. Waters, D. (2001) Quantitative Methods for Business, Financial Times/Prentice Hall. Page 24 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1505 - Legal Studies School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1505 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Dr Simon Norton Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Legal Studies module is designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the court structure, procedures and personnel of the legal systems of the United Kingdom and the European Union. The law relating to contractual and tortious liability is also considered in detail. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C understand the fundamental principles of the unwritten constitution of the United Kingdom. understand, compare and contrast the remedies available to a claimant in a civil action in respect of tortious liability or breach of contract understand, compare and contrast the defences which may be available to a defendant in a civil action understand the legal rights and responsibilities arising in the workplace as derived from both common law and statutory sources understand the legal protection of ideas, concepts and data with particular application to information technology understand and contrast the legal philosophies guiding legal reform in the UK to have synthesised a practical repetoire of knowledge which will help them, and which they will apply, in their future careers in business or in general management the ability to differentiate between different sources of law. the ability to critically assess options available to participants in civil and criminal actions. Discipline Specific Skills: to gain an indepth knowledge of issues relating to parliamentary sovereignty in the United Kingdom. to understand the nature of the participation of the United Kingdom within the European Union. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 25 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D Transferable Skills: critical analysis writing coherently on legal issues impacting across all aspects of professional and personal life. How the module will be delivered The formal time tabled elements consist of 34 lectures and 8 hours of tutorials. The students are encouraged to read widely, understand and critically appraise the material. The lectures provide the students with a baseline, benchmark knowledge. These are supported by detailed handouts, and structured reading. Extensive use is made of internet-based resources which students are required to find for themselves, and utilise in their tutorials and written work. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Formal assessment is by means of a three hour examination at the end of the Spring semester, and one 1,500 word essay, to be submitted at the end of the Autumn semester. The examination contains a range of questions designed to test students knowledge, comprehension and analytical skills. Students are particularly encouraged to demonstrate their reading and critical appraisal skills. The eight questions set are designed to fully assess the students skills and knowledge, as well as their appreciation of international issues and developments. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 legal studies 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 10 30 coursework N/A Syllabus content Definitions of law; differences between criminal and civil actions; the Common Law and doctrine of Precedent; legislation and the supremacy of Parliament; legislative process, and pressure groups; powers, duties, composition of the institutions of the European Union, personnel within the legal profession, including training and functions; criminal courses structure, including magistrates and juries; development of equity and equitable remedies and procedures including trusts; tortious liability, including the concept of duty of care; defence to a tortious action; contract law – components of a contract, comprising offer, acceptance, consideration, intention to create legal relations, vitiating factors in contract formation, limitation of liability in contracts, application of UCTA 1977 and subsequent legislation; assessment of damages for breach of contract, practical application of contractual principles; employment law – common law and statutory rights and duties including health and safety legislation; agency – rights and duties arising in the principal agent relationship; information technology and its legal environment. Page 26 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Background Reading and Resource List Bradley, A.W. and K.D. Ewing, 2003, Constitutional and Administrative Law, 13th Edition, Longman. Douglas-Scott, Sionaidh, 2002, Constitutional Law of the European Union, First Edition, Longman. Walkerand Walker, English Legal System, Butterworths. Darbyshire, Penny, 1996, Eddey on the English Legal System, Sixth Edition, Sweet and Maxwell. Smith and Keenan’s English Law, 1995, Eleventh Edition, Pitman Publishing. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 27 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS1509 - Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1509 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Dr Susan Bartlett Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The aims of the module are to develop fundamental accounting and information management skills. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C show a knowledge of the double-entry book-keeping process. outline the accounting concepts and conventions governing the preparation of accounts and understand the nature of profit in the context of the business entity. recognise the need for control in the accounting system of a simple business organisation. outline the nature and role of management accounting in simple business organisations. identify basic cost types and understand their behaviour and relevance in the decision making process of a simple business organisation. differentiate management accounting concepts regarding information for control, profit measurement and decision making for a simple business organisation. outline appropriate information systems for accounting and managerial needs. recognise the need for an efficient system of storing, retrieving and interrogating business information. synthesise and evaluate accounting data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data. exercise powers of inquiry and logic. Discipline Specific Skills: demonstrate the application of the double-entry book-keeping process through the preparation of a set of accounts for simple business organisations, clubs and societies, from complete and incomplete accounting records. Page 28 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D apply the accounting concepts and conventions governing the preparation of accounts. identify and correct book-keeping errors through the application of the bookkeeping process. prepare reconciliation statements and control accounts for simple business organisations through the application of the book-keeping process. allocate costs for product costing purposes. apply a range of accounting techniques to assist an organisation’s planning, decision-making and control. model accounting data based upon various business scenarios, and analyse sensitivity, through spreadsheet utilisation. set up and interrogate a database of business information. present business accounting and management information suitable for its intended audience. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas and principles effectively by written means. present work in a formal, oral presentation. work effectively within a group. exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently. appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills. store, retrieve and interrogate information using a database management system model data using a spreadsheet. access and utilise information in traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases) form. reflect on the skills gathered from the learning process. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 26 hours of lectures and 14 hours of small-group feedback sessions. However, as students need to assimilate a basic body of accounting knowledge and demonstrate a proficiency in the application of this knowledge to a range of contexts, an effective teaching strategy and learning support structure is imperative. A detailed workbook and a structured reading list are given to students in order to encourage the completion of feedback session questions, which build upon the material covered in lectures. Additional questions and answers are distributed in the twice-weekly feedback sessions, thus offering students adequate essential practice at answering accounting questions. Moreover, past exam questions (and answers) for the Autumn and Spring examinations are available on Learning Central. Student support is given through the high formal contact of 5 hours per week, informally through private consultation with any of the staff members on the teaching team, through revision sessions and e-mail student – lecturer/tutor contact. Indicative study hours: 200 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 29 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed The purposes of the coursework are to test accounting knowledge, to assess ability to use a spreadsheet, to develop oral presentation skills, to test how well the students can work in a group environment without direct supervision, and also to assess self-awareness and the ability to articulate the skills learned from the coursework overall. The Autumn examination tests knowledge and understanding of double-entry book-keeping principles. The Spring examination contains a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test skills development. It aims to test knowledge and comprehension of the syllabus as well as testing students’ ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts. Questions require a combination of both written and numerical answers, which test students’ development of intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills, as well as subject-specific knowledge. Informal assessment is provided through feedback session questions, marked by students themselves. A varied range of examination-standard questions are designed to stimulate independent learning and to provide an ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Similarly, some questions in the workbook are self-assessed. Feedback sessions are designed to answer any queries regarding previously distributed questions, but additional exercises are given to students in each class, in order to increase students’ exposure to the topic under consideration. Student problems are dealt with by the tutor on a one-to one basis and all students are encouraged to submit queries either in the class or afterwards with any member of the module team. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination Spring Semester 80 Written Assessment introduction to financial and 20 management accounting - written and group assignment introduction to financial and management accounting 3 hrs N/A N/A 11 Syllabus content Double-entry book-keeping. The accounts of sole traders (income statement and statement of financial position). Accruals and prepayments. Provisions for doubtful debts. Depreciation and the disposal of fixed assets. The accounts of clubs and societies. Stock valuation and the manufacturing account. Control accounts. Bank reconciliation statements. Incomplete records. The nature and significance of management accounting. Characteristics of costs. The role of management accounting concepts in providing accounting information for short term decisionmaking, planning and control: Contribution and break-even analysis; standard costing and variance analysis; budgeting; overhead allocation. Business modelling and design using spreadsheets. Group work and the development of presentation skills. Page 30 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Background Reading and Resource List Marriott, Edwards Publications and Mellett, Introduction to Accounting, 2002, Sage Thomas, An Introduction to Financial Accounting, 1999, McGraw Hill Gillespie, Lewis and Hamilton, Principles of Financial Accounting, 2000, Prentice Hall Weetman, Management Accounting: An Introduction, 1999, Pearson Education Berry and Jarvis, Accounting In A Business Context, 1997, Thompson Atrill and McLaney, Management Accounting For Non-Specialists, 1999, Prentice Hall ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 31 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS1529 - People in Organisations School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1529 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Dr Claire Evans Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module provides students with an introduction to the key themes, concepts and theories relating to the study of the management of people in organisations. Particular attention is paid to organisations as the nodal points of human interaction within the business world, focusing on both the social and the psychological aspects of these relations. Students will be introduced to central ideas of the social and behavioural sciences. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C encourage the development of intellectual skills, such as the ability critically to evaluate evidence and the ability to compare and contrast theoretical explanations. Discipline Specific Skills: D develop a preliminary understanding of the main sociological and psychological theories of organisation. develop an understanding of central themes in social and psychological analysis of work organisations, including individuals in organizations, groups and teams, the management of human resources, the changing work environment, fairness at work and the changing organisation of work. demonstrate a capacity to apply theories to the analysis of current developments in work organisations. apply theoretical and conceptual information to cases in tutorial sessions. Transferable Skills: develop listening and reading skills in lectures, tutorials and through private study. develop communications skills through group discussion and presentations in tutorials. Page 32 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes through participation in tutorials gain experience of working in small groups, exchanging information, solving problems, relating case material to theoretical models and making short oral presentations. learn how to gather information and conduct desk research by the requirement for additional reading for both lectures and tutorials. How the module will be delivered This module provides 44 hours of classes comprising a combination of lectures and tutorials. The lectures provide an introduction to a range of theoretical perspectives and key issues relating to the analysis of people in organisations. The tutorials provide a range of practical case studies that form the basis for student-centred learning based on small group discussion and presentation. Students are required to attend all tutorials and actively participate in the discussion of their tutorial groups. The lecture programme is supported by a module handbook containing details of the syllabus, teaching methods, assessment procedures, a synopsis of lecture materials, assigned readings, tutorial information, as well as in class OHP or PowerPoint presentations and notes handouts. In addition the module is supported by e-learning material. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Assessment is by means of a written assignment of 1500 words to be submitted before the end of the first semester, and a three-hour written examination at the end of the second semester. The assessed essay relates to key elements in the first semester. Students are expected to analyse a specific topic in some depth and are encouraged to use the critical and analytical skills they will have developed in the course of the semester in preparing their assignment. The examination is designed to test the students’ knowledge of material from the first and second semesters and to allow them to show their ability in understanding the various themes, concepts and theories relating to the way people interact in organisations and the role played by organisations in structuring the business environment. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 80 people in organisations 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 11 20 coursework ©2014 Cardiff Business School N/A Page 33 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Syllabus content The module presents a combination of social and behavioural sciences, and seeks to address a number of issues relevant to the study of people in organisations from the perspective of these distinct disciplines. On the one hand, it includes the study of the nature of the individual at work, including different perspectives in the study of personality, group behaviour, perception and motivation, and the movement from rationalistic and scientific approaches towards managing the social, subjective and emotional aspects of the workplace. On the other hand, it includes sociological theories of organisation, theories of rationality and bureaucracy, alienation and exploitation, and the nature of the employment relationship. Essential Reading and Resource List The module will be supported by a reading pack comprising selected sections from a number of textbooks (and other relevant readings). Advanced readings will also be made available on Learning Central. Background Reading and Resource List The module will be supported by a reading pack comprising selected sections from a number of textbooks (and other relevant readings). Advanced readings will also be made available on Learning Central. Page 34 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1530 - Principles of Business Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1530 Number of Credits 10 Level L4 Module Leader Dr Thomas Entwistle Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to familiarise students with the concepts and methods through which management and business operate. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C Apply theories to appropriate business examples. Appreciate multiple theories of business and management Discipline Specific Skills: D Display knowledge and understanding of the main functions of business management and the theoretical principles that inform management action. Demonstrate the ability to develop and present coherent and discursive arguments on business and management issues. Transferable Skills: Develop and apply a range of academic skills, including the study, analysis, discussion and presentation of material. Develop a structured approach to recording and presenting the topics and debates covered by the module. Develop initial analysis of theoretical models and interpret empirical evidence. How the module will be delivered The module comprises 22 hours of lectures over one semester. This is supported by ‘surgery’ hours with the Module Coordinator and student-centred work including library and internet research. Two hours of lectures are interactive based on simulated business activities for manager and director roles and operations and supply management. Indicative study hours: 200 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 35 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed Assessment consists of a single, two-hour examination. A range of examination questions will be set which offer the student the opportunity to demonstrate achievement of learning outcomes and skills. The questions are designed to provide assessment of the students’ ability to comprehend the syllabus through the application of acquired knowledge in specific contexts combined with use of reading material in references to explain and synthesise ideas and conclusions. Individual contact between student and lecturer provides feedback and discussion for the student on general queries on material read for the module and essay outlines, produced as part of examination preparation. With essay outlines an indicative mark is provided. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 100 principles of business management 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content National context and firms; Business Ownership; Control and legal forms of firms; Business objectives; Director and Manager roles and work; Public sector enterprise; Small businesses; Multinational firms and international business; Personnel management and current issues in Employment Relations; Operations and supply management; Management of technology and innovation. Essential Reading and Resource List David Needle (2000) Business in Context Ian Worthington and Chris Britton (2003) Business Environment Page 36 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1531 - Statistical Analysis School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1531 Number of Credits 10 Level L4 Module Leader To be confirmed Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to provide students with an understanding of the use of the different statistical techniques for solving problems in a business and management environment. It seeks to demonstrate the importance of applying appropriate methods of analysis according to the nature of the research being undertaken. The module will help prepare students for the reading, comprehension and interpretation of original business-related research articles which will be required in subsequent levels of the programme of study. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C demonstrate technical, analytical and communication skills in a written examination. Discipline-specific Skills: D understand the context and assumptions behind the applications of various statistical techniques. demonstrate an ability to solve problems using statistical techniques. demonstrate an ability to interpret the results of statistical analysis. demonstrate an ability to administer different statistical techniques. judge the effectiveness of different types of statistical analyses in business and management research. Transferable Skills: develop and apply a range of academic skills including an application of statistical analysis and statistical interpretation. How the module will be delivered The module comprises 15 hours of lectures, during one semester. The seminar programme includes 5 hours of contact time plus weekly surgeries. A variety of ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 37 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook teaching techniques may be used in seminars including workshops, group work and student presentations. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed This examination will require students to carry out mathematical and statistical calculations and interpretation - thus testing both their technical skills and their understanding of statistical principles. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 100 statistical analysis 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content This module is divided into four major sections: Summarising Numerical Information The construction of frequency tables, charts including histograms, measures of central tendency, dispersion and skewness and their use to understand data. Scales of measurement and choice between summary measures. Measures and Models of Relationships Principles and interpretation of simple linear bivariate correlation and regression as the use and estimation of the intercept and slope terms in a linear relationship between two variables. Probability The concepts, usage and rules of probability. Probability distributions - including the normal and binomial as examples - with the assumptions and situations of use behind each distribution. A Brief Introduction to Inference Estimation - the central limit theorem and confidence intervals. Decision-making from sampleddata including statistical tools such as hypotheses tests or confidence intervals. Essential Reading and Resource List Quantitative Approaches in Business Studies, Clare Morris, 6th Edition 2002 FT Prentice Hall Page 38 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1547 - Introduction to Economics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1547 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Dr David Meenagh Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This module aims to equip students of business management and accounting with a basic toolkit of economic concepts and analytical techniques which should be of use to them in their further study of business and accounting. This module aims to introduce students, many of whom will never have studied economics before, to the fundamentals of the subject. It will give a basic grounding firstly in microeconomics, then in aggregative macroeconomics, and show students how an understanding of the basics both of micro and of macroeconomics can be of considerable relevance to businesses and to business decision making. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: grasp the essence and the pervasive character of the economic choice problem in the face of scarcity. have a precise understanding of the basic definitions, analytical constructs and theorems of basic microeconomics. apply the concepts of economic supply and demand to a variety of practical issues and situations. understand and be able to apply the concept of elasticity of demand to marketing and strategy problems. show an awareness of the issues surrounding private sector firms’ motivation). Understand, and be able to identify in practice, the various forms of market structure (perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly etc). grasp the distinction between macroeconomics and microeconomics. understand the macroeconomic concepts of aggregate output, consumption, investment, savings and unemployment and how these are linked in a basic Keynesian model of macroeconomics. understand the notions of money demand and supply, inflation and the role of interest rates in a macroeconomic setting. understand the essentials of macroeconomic policy debates. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 39 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook B Intellectual Skills: demonstrate the ability to make good use of theoretical concepts and formal hypothesis development as part of the lecture programme and through tutorial work. develop analytical skills through the use of economic models throughout the syllabus. C Discipline Specific Skills: D develop problem solving and explanatory skills through tutorial work, coursework and examination questions. be able to apply the economic notion of opportunity cost to practical business decisions. appreciate how economic analysis might usefully contribute to reducing inefficiencies within firms and markets. demonstrate an understanding of why and how governments might intervene in the economy to improve economic performance. Transferable Skills: learn to work independently on module material as part of the normal learning process. acquire the intellectual technique and work ethic necessary to master new ideas and alternative intellectual approaches. develop the ability and confidence to communicate with staff and students through the work in tutorials. demonstrate clear, precise writing skills within module assessments. How the module will be delivered The formal core timetable consists of 36 lectures and eight hours of tutorials per year. This module is taught to a very large number of students, a number of which have no prior knowledge of economics, whilst others have studied to secondary school level. Taking account of this disparity, the module offers both an initial schooling on basic economic concepts and theories, and new material, insights and developments that will interest those who have studied economics previously. The assessment and tutorial programme is the same for all students. Students will be provided with detailed readings from a selection of introductory texts. This material, together with the lecture handouts will provide the context for the tutorials, which concentrate on exploring the importance of the studied concepts and theories in the ‘real world’, and upon readying the students for their eventual tests and examinations by problem solving and in depth discussions of the course materials. How the module will be assessed Assessment consists of three components: Page 40 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes 1. Coursework of one short essay in the Autumn semester (1000 words) which enables students to display understanding of basic microeconomic concepts and theories; given the quite rigorous character of much of micro theory this is a particularly effective way of testing the basic information and understanding of microeconomics by students. 1. Coursework of one short essay (1000 words) in the Spring semester on a topic in macroeconomics designed to help the students’ ability to deal in a balanced, fair-minded and academic manner with those areas of macroeconomics which remain controversial, in particular certain policy issues. 2. The end of year examination (80%) which consists of both essay questions and short-response answers and covers both the micro and macro parts of the module. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 80 introduction to economics 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 10 coursework (autumn) N/A 8 Written Assessment 10 coursework (spring) N/A 8 Essential Reading and Resource List Thirlwall 'Economics of Development: Theory and Evidence' 9th edition. Palgrave Macmillan, ISBN 9780230222298 Powell, Parkin & Matthews 'Economics' 7th Edition, Addison Wesley/Pearson, ISBN 1-408-26868-X Background Reading and Resource List ALTERNATIVES: Sloman & Jones 'Economics and the Business Environment' 3rd Edition. FT Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-273-73486-5 Lipsey & Chrystal 'Economics' 11th Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN 978-0-19928641-6 NOTE: Most introductory texts will be adequate in combination with the module materials supplied ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 41 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS1551 - Microeconomics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1551 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader To be confirmed Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module This module introduces students to the concepts underpinning all economic analysis – those of microeconomics. Microeconomics studies how individuals respond to incentives. Starting from this point, the module builds an explanation for why society might choose to organise itself into competitive markets, before evaluating whether alternative approaches could yield better outcomes. This provides a rationale for certain forms of government intervention. Whilst the emphasis is on developing an understanding of theoretical issues, the module also deals with the application of mathematics to microeconomics. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: Describe the issues with which microeconomics is concerned; discuss the tools employed by microeconomists and their uses; describe the conditions under which markets generate optimal and suboptimal levels of welfare; explain the behaviour of individual optimising firms and households. B. Intellectual Skills: Analyse a range of social phenomena using the tools of microeconomics; propose appropriate government intervention in response to well-defined economic problems; evaluate the validity of an economic analysis with particular reference to its underlying assumptions. C. Discipline-Specific Skills: Explain the results of an economic analysis by combining intuitive argument, graphical representation and mathematics; apply simple optimisation techniques graphically and mathematically. D. Transferable Skills: Use structured argument to derive a conclusion from a set of assumptions; find the solutions of a simple problem under different assumptions. Page 42 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes How the module will be delivered The core material will be presented during three weekly lectures by Dr. Iain Long (approximately 33 hours in total). Prof. Boyns will present supplementary material on quantitative microeconomics. These lectures will take place fortnightly. Each week (starting week two), students will be required to complete a brief quiz on Learning Central. These quizzes will consist of both multiple choice and numerical questions, based upon the lecture and reading materials. The quiz will also present a short discussion question. Students should write a solution (usually not longer than one side of A4), and bring it to class. Classes start in week three, and will begin by discussing the solutions to the previous week’s quiz. The answer to the discussion question will then be presented, and students will peer-mark their discussion question essays. Classes are unlikely to cover every question from the quiz, but will instead focus on the ones that most students in each group struggled with. Quantitative microeconomics classes will begin in either week two or three. They will take place fortnightly. Notional learning hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The class tests provide an incentive for students to become familiar with the module’s content and the importance of self-study. (For example, they give the students a chance to develop their examination technique in the new environment of a university). The tests cover both the economics and mathematics components of the module. The main examination has two sections explicitly relating to the economics lectures and one to the application of mathematics. (Mathematical argument is encouraged on all parts of the module so the distinction lies in the origin of the questions rather than the style of the answers). One section requires the student to answer a number of short questions. There is some choice but the student will have to answer questions drawn from several areas of the module. Another section invites the student to answer longer questions on a particular topic. The student is expected to show some detailed knowledge of the topic chosen. The final section will require the student to answer a question on the use of mathematics in microeconomics. The knowledge presented in this module is vital for all students studying economics so the student is tested on a broad range of topics. Students should be able to use the knowledge acquired rather than write vaguely about it. Hence, the emphasis throughout is on being able (i) to explain the concepts taught on the module clearly and (ii) to apply them to a particular problem. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 43 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 80 microeconomics 3 hrs N/A Class Test 10 test 1 N/A 4 Class Test 10 test 2 N/A 8 Syllabus content Part I: Thinking Like an Economist The module initially presents the basic concepts that underpin all economic analysis. These concepts are then applied to several situations, notably supply and demand in markets. Specific content: Introduction to microeconomics; scarcity; cost/benefit analysis; economic cost; marginalist analysis; supply and demand; price controls; taxes and subsidies. Part II: Individual Response to Incentives This part of the module discusses how individuals make decisions in much more detail. Initially considering how consumers choose what to buy, given their income and market prices, it then applies similar ideas to ‘irrational’ behaviour such as altruism. Specific content: Budget constraints; consumer preferences; indifference curves; optimal consumption bundles; individual demand; income and substitution effects; elasticity of demand; how policy affects consumer choice; measuring consumer welfare; individual labour supply; altruism; game theory; information. Part III: Firm Response to Incentives The module then turns to consider the production side of the economy. Starting from a discussion of why firms exist, it develops a framework in which to assess firm’s production decisions, given input and output prices. Perfect competition is then defined and shown to maximise societal welfare. Specific content: Why firms exist; production; the short- and long-run; costs; cost minimisation; profit maximisation; perfect competition; market efficiency. Part IV: Efficient Markets? The final part of the module further critiques the competitive market, by analysing several situations in which it fails to maximise welfare. Specific content: Monopoly; externalities; public goods. Page 44 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Essential Reading and Resource List Frank, R. H. and E. Cartwright (2013): Microeconomics and Behaviour, London: McGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited. Background Reading and Resource List Parkin, M., M. Powell and K. Matthews (2014): Economics (9th Edition), Edinburgh: Pearson Education Limited. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 45 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS1607 - Introduction to Legal Studies School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1607 Number of Credits 10 Level L4 Module Leader Mrs Helen Hourihan Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The Introduction to Legal Studies module is designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the court structure, procedures and personnel of the legal system of the United Kingdom and the European Union. Issues in tortious and contractual liability are also considered in detail. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C understand the fundamental principles of the unwritten constitution of the United Kingdom. understand, compare and contrast the remedies available to a claimant in a civil action in respect of tortious liability or breach of contract understand, compare and contrast the defences which may be available to a defendant in a civil action understand the legal rights and responsibilities arising in the workplace as derived from both common law and statutory sources understand the legal protection of ideas, concepts and data with particular application to information technology understand and contrast the legal philosophies guiding legal reform in the UK have synthesised a practical repetoire of knowledge which will help them, and which they will apply, in their future careers in business or in general management. the ability to differentiate between different sources of law. the ability to critically assess options available to participants in civil and criminal actions. Discipline Specific Skills: to gain an indepth knowledge of issues relating to parliamentary sovereignty in the United Kingdom. to understand the nature of the participation of the United Kingdom within the European Union. Page 46 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: critical analysis writing coherently on legal issues impacting across all aspects of professional and personal life. How the module will be delivered The formal time-tabled elements consist of 22 lectures and 4 hours of tutorials. The students are encouraged to read widely, understand and critically appraise the material. The lectures provide the students with a baseline, benchmark knowledge. These are supported by detailed handouts, and structured reading. Extensive use is made of internet-based resources which students are required to find for themselves, and utilise in their tutorials and written work. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed In the examination paper there will be 10 questions and students have to answer two of these questions. Formal assessment is by means of a two hour examination at the end of the Spring semester, and a 1500 word essay, submitted in week 10 of the Spring semester. The examination contains a range of questions designed to test students’ knowledge, comprehension and analytical skills. Students are particularly encouraged to demonstrate their reading and critical appraisal skills. The ten questions set are designed to fully assess the students skills and knowledge, as well as their appreciation of international issues and developments. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 introduction to legal studies 2 hrs N/A Written Assessment 10 30 coursework N/A Syllabus content The Constitutional framework of the United Kingdom; the legislative process; Institutions of the European Union; structure of the legal profession of the United Kingdom; criminal court structure; differences between criminal and civil actions; Common Law and the doctrine of Precedent; origins and functions of equitable remedies including truss; issues in tortuous liability; issues in contract law including components of a valid contract terms limited into contracts at common law and statute, common law and statutory remedies; introduction to agency; introduction to employment law, information technology and its legal environment. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 47 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Background Reading and Resource List Bradley, A.W. and K.D. Ewing, 2003, Constitutional and Administrative Law, 13th Edition, Longman. Douglas-Scott, Sionaidh, 2002, Constitutional Law of the European Union, First Edition, Longman. Walkerand Walker, English Legal System, Butterworths. Darbyshire, Penny, 1996, Eddey on the English Legal System, Sixth Edition, Sweet and Maxwell. Smith and Keenan’s English Law, 1995, Eleventh Edition, Pitman Publishing. Page 48 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1610 - Introduction to Finance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1610 Number of Credits 10 Level L4 Module Leader Dr Louise Macniven Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to introduce students to the basic concepts of finance, including the evaluation of investment projects, and the different sources of finance available to UK businesses. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C show a knowledge of the basic concepts in finance e.g. risk, return, value and market efficiency. show a knowledge of the traditional and discounted cash flow models of investment appraisal. understand the importance of relevant costs in investment appraisal decisions. understand the implications of inflation and taxation in investment appraisal decisions. show a knowledge of the main sources of finance available to UK businesses. synthesise and evaluate finance data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data. exercise powers of inquiry and logic. Discipline Specific Skills: use and critically evaluate the traditional and discounted cash flow models of investment appraisal. identify and incorporate relevant costs in investment appraisal decisions. incorporate the effects of inflation and taxation in investment appraisal decisions. identify and evaluate the main sources of finance available to businesses in the UK. calculate and evaluate simple market measures for shares and bonds. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 49 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D Transferable Skills: communicate ideas and principles effectively by written and oral means. exercise initiative, self-reliance and time management skills and work independently. appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise numeracy and problem solving skills. access and utilise information in traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the internet, databases) form. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 17 hours of lectures and 4 hours of tutorials. However, as students need to assimilate a basic of body of finance knowledge and demonstrate a proficiency in the application of this knowledge to a range of contexts, an effective teaching strategy and learning support structure is imperative. Detailed handouts and a structured reading list are given to students in order to encourage the completion of tutorial questions, which build upon material covered in lectures. Tutorials will run weekly. Student support is given formally, through lectures and tutorials, and informally through private consultation with any member of the module’s team of tutors, and email student – lecturer/tutor contact. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination contains a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test skills development. It aims to test knowledge and comprehension of the syllabus as well as testing students’ ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts. Questions require a combination of both written and numerical answers, which test students’ development of intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills, as well as subject-specific knowledge. Informal assessment is provided through tutorial questions that are distributed in advance. The classes are designed to answer any queries regarding the tutorial questions. A varied range of tutorial, examination-standard questions are designed to stimulate independent learning, increase students’ exposure to the topic under consideration, and to provide an ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Student problems are dealt with by the lecturer or tutor and all students are encouraged to submit queries either in the tutorial or afterwards with any member of the module team. Page 50 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 introduction to finance 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content Basic concepts in finance: the objectives of the firm, risk, return, the time value of money, share pricing issues and market efficiency. Project/investment appraisal: compound interest, annuities, traditional models, DCF models, project cash flows, relevant costs for decision-making and the impact of taxation and inflation. Internal sources of finance and shareholder issues. External short and medium term sources of finance - bank sources, trade credit, factoring, hire purchase, leasing, and sale and leaseback. Long term sources of finance - ordinary shares, preference shares and debt. The choice between sources of finance. Market measures for the financial evaluation of shares and debt. Issue methods for ordinary shares. Financial intermediation – deposit and non deposit taking institutions. Financial markets and the London Stock Exchange. Essential Reading and Resource List Arnold, Glen (2013), “Corporate Financial Management, 5th ed.”, Pearson. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 51 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS1611 - Fundamentals of Financial Reporting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1611 Number of Credits 10 Level L4 Module Leader Mrs Gwen Thomas Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aims of the module are to further develop fundamental accounting and information management skills and to introduce the information system requirements for the financial accounting needs of an organisation. On completion of the module a student should be a ble to A. Knowledge and Understanding: understand the differences in the preparation of accounts for partnerships and companies from those of sole traders. show an awareness of the limitations of historical cost accounting. understand the role of the statements of cash flow. show an awareness of the advantages and limitations of ratio analysis. discuss the need for an audit report in business organisations. appreciate the importance of professional ethics in public practice and business. B. Intellectual Skills: synthesise and evaluate accounting data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data. exercise powers of inquiry and logic. C. Discipline Specific Skills: demonstrate the application of the double entry book-keeping process through the preparation of a set of accounts for partnerships and companies from accounting records. analyse a set of accounts, through the use of ratios and statements of cash flow. utilise accounting software by inputting accounting data, producing a range of outputs in the form of financial statements. D. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas and principles effectively by written means. Page 52 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes exercise initiative, self-reliance and time management skills and work independently. appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills. access and utilise information in traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases) form. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 15 hours of lectures and 7 hours of classes during the Spring Semester. The lectures are designed to identify the structure of each topic; to cover the theoretical aspects and to explain the more difficult technical material, and to work through practical examples where appropriate. Students are provided with details of relevant additional reading material to consolidate and extend the knowledge gained from these sessions. A number of classes are designated to provide students with the opportunity to gain hands on experience of a computerized accounting package. The classes are held in the computer laboratories and students are given individual access to the accounting package, and are expected to work their way through a Case Study requiring them to input accounting transactions and preview the resultant outputs. The remainder of the classes involve working through practical examples of the theoretical subjects covered in the lectures, some of which the students are expected to prepare in advance. An opportunity is provided here for the discussion of any difficult areas. Additional exercises relating to the topics covered are provided at these sessions. Further support is provided by a revision session and the distribution of a revision pack containing exam style questions (and answers) and other practice material. Informal private consultation and/or e-mail contact support is available from any one of the staff members on the teaching team. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination contains a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes of the module and to test students’ basic knowledge and comprehension of the syllabus but also their ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts. Questions require a combination of numerical and written answers. Students’ intellectual and written communication skills are then tested along with their numerical application skills. Informal assessment is provided through class questions, marked by students themselves. A varied range of examination-standard questions are designed to stimulate independent learning and to provide an ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Similarly, revision pack questions are self-assessed. Classes are designed to answer any queries regarding previously distributed questions, but additional exercises are given to students in each class , in order to increase students’ exposure to the topic under consideration. Student problems are dealt with by the tutor on a one to one basis and all students are encouraged to submit queries either during the class or afterwards to any member of the module team. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 53 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 fundamentals of financial reporting 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content Computers and accounting; use of an accounting package to input transactions and to produce financial statements used in business organisations; financial accounting and book-keeping including the accounts of partnerships and companies, statements of cash flow ; interpretation of financial statements using ratio analysis; limitations of historical cost accounting; introduction to auditing and assurance and professional ethics. Essential Reading and Resource List Frank Wood & Alan Sansgster, Frank Wood’s Business Accounting 1 and 2,12 th editions, FT Prentice Hall. Background Reading and Resource List Marriott, Edwards Publications. and Mellett, Introduction to Accounting, 2002, Sage Jones, Accounting For Non-Specialists, 2007, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Thomas, An Introduction to Financial Accounting, McGraw Hill, 2005. Gillespie, Lewis and Hamilton, Principles of Financial Accounting, 2004, FT Prentice Hall. Page 54 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS1630 - Principles of Marketing and Strategy School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1630 Number of Credits 10 Level L4 Module Leader Dr John Follett Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The Principles of Marketing and Strategy module is designed to provide students with an understanding of the fundamental concepts of marketing and strategic management, and to introduce students to the philosophy of market-led strategic change. It provides an overview to the key elements of marketing and strategy in order to furnish students with a clear understanding of the topic before moving to more detailed analysis in the second year. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C comprehend the marketing concept and explain basic marketing theory and principles, principles of corporate strategy and the relationship between the marketing and strategy disciplines. describe the process of strategic planning and identify the stakeholders involved within it. understand the strategic audit process and relate it to simple business scenarios. understand and explain the outside-in process, and formulate and justify arguments and conclusions about specific marketing issues facing companies today. generalise the merits of a marketing led approach and compare and contrast it to alternative business philosophies and practice. encourage the development of the ability to critically evaluate key theories and the ability to compare and contrast theoretical explanations. appreciate multiple theories of marketing and strategy. Discipline Specific Skills: demonstrate the ability to develop and present coherent and discursive arguments on marketing and strategy issues. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 55 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D Transferable Skills: develop listening and reading skills in lectures and through private study. learn how to gather information and conduct desk research by the requirement for additional reading for lectures. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 22 hours of lectures, split equally between the disciplines of marketing and strategy. The lecture programme is supported by handouts, however students are encouraged to add to these during the lectures and therefore develop skills in note taking. To extend and consolidate their learning, students are directed to readings in the core texts for the module. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination contains a range of questions split equally between the two sections of the module. Section A covers questions to test learning outcomes for the marketing element of the module and Section B covers questions to test learning outcomes on the strategy element of the module. Although the questions are designed to test students’ understanding of the basic concepts and theory of marketing and strategy, students are also required to demonstrate application of these to a variety of contexts. In addition to testing subject specific skills, the questions require answers that demonstrate students’ development of intellectual, communication and reasoning skills. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 principles of marketing and strategy 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content The marketing concept; the marketing environment; marketing objectives and strategies; the marketing planning process; managing the marketing mix; marketing information; implementation and control of marketing strategies. The concept of corporate strategy; the corporate and marketing strategy interface; the strategic planning process; strategic audits; tools for strategic analysis; strategy implementation and control. Essential Reading and Resource List The following books have been selected for the appropriate nature of their content in line with the objective for the course. They will be useful for you for making additional Page 56 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes notes and during revision for the module exam. There will copies of the text put in the library and the bookshop has been made aware of the key recommendation should you wish to purchase your own copy. It is strongly advised that you purchase the key text as examples and questions will be used from it. 1. Foundations of Marketing 3rd Edition by: Jobber and Fahy 2. Marketing by Baines, Fill & Page 2nd Edition Background Reading and Resource List Principles of Marketing 4th European Edition by Kotler, Wong, Saunders and Armstrong Principles and Practice of Marketing 6th Edition by Jobber Principles and Practice of Marketing 2nd Edition by Blythe Principles of Marketing 4th Edition by Brassington and Pettitt Marketing real people, real decisions 1st European Edition by Solomon, Marshal, Stuart, Barnes and Mitchell Marketing and Introduction by Armstrong, Kotler, Harker and Brennan ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 57 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS1652 - Macroeconomics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS1652 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Professor Anthony Minford Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The role of this module is to equip students with a good grounding in the principles of macroeconomic analysis. This will enable students, if they wish, to continue their studies of macroeconomics in the second and third years. The Macroeconomics module aims to provide students with a thorough introduction to the method, content and theory of macroeconomics and the effects of monetary and fiscal policy on the economy. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C understand the determination of inflation, output fluctuations over the business cycle, and unemployment be able to identify and differentiate between the various theories and models of the economy, for example Keynes versus the Classical, and to comment on the strengths and weaknesses of each be familiar with the theories of interest rate and exchange rate determination and be able to identify their role in the formulation of current economic policy be aware of some of the recent history of macroeconomic behaviour and policy in the UK and the rest of the world be aware of the role of fiscal and monetary policy in stabilising the economy and determining the rate of inflation Discipline Specific Skills: be able to respond to questions about the effects of changing key policy variables on the economy. These questions may take the form of essays or of short true/false ‘puzzles’. They should know the different approaches taken by Keynesian and Classical economists so as to understand the evolution of modern macroeconomic analysis. They will comprehend this analysis as well as its predecessor models through the medium of diagrammatic analysis and simple algebraic representations. They should apply these in class (for example when asked questions by tutors, usually involving demonstration at the white board), in home revision, and in assessment. Page 58 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: be conversant with the basic concepts of macroeconomics and be able to undertake basic macroeconomic analysis of, for example, the effects of a monetary expansion How the module will be delivered 3 lectures per week, 1 tutorial per week. Total contact hours 40 approx study requirement per week in addition estimated at 10 hours per week for an average student. This course requires mastery of diagrammatic and simple algebraic techniques. For this reason the students must spend a great deal of time practising these techniques both before and in class. During lectures they have to assimilate the methods as well as absorbing general information about the subject. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed There are two assessments, each a 50-minute session. One half is devoted to testing mathematical skills - the solution of simple algebraic problems involving macroeconomic models. The other half consists of ‘puzzle’ questions requiring true/false answers with brief notes of explanation. This tests the student’s ability to analyse shocks to the economy using the methods described above. There is also a final exam, of three hours. For this there are four essay questions, designed to set out the appropriate analysis for particular macroeconomic policy issues - such as unemployment and inflation. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 80 macroeconomics 3 hrs N/A Class Test 10 test 1 N/A 4 Class Test 10 test 2 N/A 8 Syllabus content Aggregate supply and demand Introduce the ideas of aggregate supply and demand as the organising principle of macroeconomics. The Classical Model The model of the economy in which markets clear and prices are flexible, except in the very short run. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 59 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook The Keynesian Model The alterations made by Keynes to the Classical Model in order to generate involuntary unemployment and the multiplier. The IS and LM curves. The Neo-Classical Synthesis Adding the Phillips Curve, augmented by adaptive expectations, to the Keynesian Model, thus creating a synthesis of the Classical Model in the long-term and the Keynesian in the short term. Rational Expectations and the New Classical and New Keynesian Models The RE Hypothesis, explained diagrammatically, and the basis of modern models with flexible prices and contracts. The Open economy Extending the model to trade and capital flows- the Mundell-Fleming model. Supply-side issues Productivity, growth and unemployment.Optimal government intervention in tax, spending and benefits. Money and banking Money supply, the money multiplier and the effect on the demand for money of competitive banking. National accounts and balance sheets The basics of national accounting conventions. Essential Reading and Resource List Modern Macroeconomics, Parkin and Bade Page 60 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML1701 - Vocational Language Skills I (French) School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML1701 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Ms Helene Jallat-hurley Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to reinforce and expand students' French language skills in a vocational context. Main grammar points will be revised and reinforced. On completion of the module a student should b e able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C demonstrate an ability to assemble data. show a critical awareness of written and spoken sources and present ideas and arguments effectively and coherently in written and spoken form. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate knowledge of advanced grammar and syntax by producing written work in French in a vocational context with reference to selected topics. to translate written documents from English into French and vice versa. demonstrate aptitude to express oneself orally by participating in class discussions on authentic documents in French in a vocational context with reference to selected topics. show ability to comprehend and comment intelligently on communications in French. show an ability to manipulate language (French) to present complex topics with reasonable effectiveness and precision. understand with relative ease, French texts in specialised register, with recourse to reference materials for vocational topics. comment upon and re-organise information from authentic French sources. Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and demonstrate intercultural competence. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 61 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered Each topic will be supported by authentic French video/audio recordings and magazines on current affairs. Grammatical issues will be revised as appropriate. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 40 Written Assessment vocational language skills i (french) Duration(hrs) Week 1.5 hrs N/A 20 coursework N/A N/A Written Assessment 20 oral N/A N/A Written Assessment 20 aural N/A N/A Syllabus content The course has a strong emphasis on strengthening grammar. The subjects covered will include: French society and the growth of the French language; education and work, economical issues of the French speaking world; geography and transport; the market (setting up businesses, company tours, presenting companies and products). Essential Reading and Resource List La Recherche d’un Emploi: Business French in a Communicative Context, Amy Hubbell, Focus Publishing/R Pullins & Co, 2010. Schaum's Outline of French Grammar (Schaum's Foreign Language), Mary Crocker, McGraw-Hill Professional, 6th edition, 2013. Background Reading and Resource List Access to a selection of French newspapers and magazines: www.cardiff.ac.uk/learn/languages/french/frenchlinks.php Page 62 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML1702 - Vocational Language Skills I (Spanish) School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML1702 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Mrs Cristina Fatmi Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to reinforce and expand students' Spanish language skills in a vocational context. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C demonstrate an ability to assemble data. show a critical awareness of written and spoken sources and present ideas and arguments effectively and coherently in written and spoken form. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate knowledge of advanced grammar and syntax by producing written work in Spanish in a vocational context with reference to selected topics. to translate written documents from English into Spanish and vice versa. demonstrate aptitude to express oneself orally by participating in class discussions on authentic documents in Spanish in a vocational context with reference to selected topics. show ability to comprehend and comment intelligently on communications in Spanish. show an ability to manipulate language (Spanish) to present complex topics with reasonable effectiveness and precision. understand with relative ease, Spanish texts in specialised register, with recourse to reference materials for vocational topics. comment upon and re-organise information from authentic Spanish sources. Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and demonstrate intercultural competence ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 63 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered Each topic will be supported by authentic Spanish video/audio tapes and magazines on current affairs. Grammatical issues will be revised as appropriate. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 40 Written Assessment vocational language skills i (spanish) Duration(hrs) Week 1.5 hrs N/A 20 coursework N/A N/A Written Assessment 20 aural N/A N/A Written Assessment 20 oral N/A N/A Syllabus content The subjects covered will include: aspects of Spanish society and the growth of the Spanish language; education and work, economical issues of the Spanish speaking world. Essential Reading and Resource List Coronado Gonzáles M, 1996, Gramática y Ejercicios, nivel medio y superior, SGEL Gómez Torrego L, 1997, Gramática didáctica del espa?ol, Ediciones SM Madrid Background Reading and Resource List Access to a selection of Spanish newspapers and magazines: www.cardiff.ac.uk/learn/languages/spanish Page 64 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML1703 - Vocational Language Skills I (German) School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML1703 Number of Credits 20 Level L4 Module Leader Ms Bettina Kantelhardt Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to reinforce and expand students' German language skills in a vocational context. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C demonstrate an ability to assemble data. show a critical awareness of written and spoken sources and present ideas and arguments effectively and coherently in written and spoken form. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate knowledge of advanced grammar and syntax by producing written work in German in a vocational context with reference to selected topics. show ability to translate written documents from English into German and vice versa. demonstrate aptitude to express oneself orally by participating in class discussions on authentic documents in German in a vocational context with reference to selected topics. show ability to comprehend and comment intelligently on communications in German. show an ability to manipulate language (German) to present complex topics with reasonable effectiveness and precision. understand with relative ease, German texts in specialised register, with recourse to reference materials for vocational topics. comment upon and re-organise information from authentic German sources. Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and demonstrate intercultural competence. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 65 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered Each topic will be supported by authentic German video/audio tapes and magazines on current affairs. Grammatical issues will be revised as appropriate. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 40 Written Assessment vocational language skills i (german) Duration(hrs) Week 1.5 hrs N/A 20 coursework N/A N/A Written Assessment 20 aural N/A N/A Written Assessment 20 oral N/A N/A Syllabus content The subjects covered will include: aspects of German society, politics and the German language; education and work, economical issues of the German speaking world. Background Reading and Resource List Jung L, 1993, Betriebswirtschaft – Lese-und Arbeitsbuch, Hueber Hegyes K, 1997, Hörfelder, Verlag für Deutsch Höffgen A, 1996, Deutsch lernen für den Beruf; Kommunikation am Arbeitsplatz, Verlag für Deutsch Pantis B et al, 1995, Wortwörtlich, Diesterweg Kirchmeyer S, 1997, Blick auf Deutschland, Klett Häussermann U et al, 1994, Sprachkurs Deutsch 6, Neufassung, Diesterweg Dreyer Schmitt, 1985, Lehr und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik, Verlag für Deutsch Access to a selection of German newspapers and magazines: www.cardiff.ac.uk/learn/languages/german Page 66 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes YEAR TWO PROGRAMME STRUCTURES ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 67 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook N400 BSc Accounting AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the discipline of accounting. The theory, concepts, principles and techniques of the core subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the closely related subject areas of auditing, taxation and other specialist topics chosen from a range of permitted option modules, are covered in depth. The close relationship between accounting and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students' academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for a successful career in accounting and business. YEAR 2 – REQUIREMENTS Five compulsory double modules BS2502 Business Finance BS2507 Management Accounting BS2509 Taxation BS2515 Auditing and Assurance BS2516 Corporate Reporting and one double module from BS2506 Inferential Statistics and Statistical Modelling BS2511 Law of Commerce, Banking and Investment BS2518 Business, Government and Society BS2540 Marketing & Strategy Page 68 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes N490 BSc Accounting and Finance AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME The overall aim of the programme is to provide students with a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and finance. At the same time it seeks to enable students to select for study particular aspects of these and cognate disciplines that suit their own individual interests and requirements within a framework of ensuring that the totality of modules followed represents a coherent learning experience. The close relationship between accounting and finance and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students' academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for successful careers in accounting, finance and business. Appropriate skills training and use are both embedded within the modules taken and, where necessary, provided as additional components. Within these aims, it is intended that the programme of study meets, and exceeds, the requirements of the Accounting Benchmark Statement issued by the QAA and fulfils the exemption requirements of professional accounting bodies. YEAR 2 – REQUIREMENTS Four compulsory double modules BS2502 Business Finance BS2507 Management Accounting BS2514 Financial Markets & Institutions BS2516 Corporate Reporting And two double modules from: BS2506 Inferential Statistics, Statistical Modelling and Survey Methods BS2509 Taxation BS2511 Law of Commerce, Banking and Investment BS2515 Auditing and Assurance ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 69 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook N410 BSc Accounting with French (Route 1) N4R4 BSc Accounting with Spanish (Route 2) N4R2 BSc Accounting with German (Route 3) AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing the student with a thorough understanding of the discipline of accounting together with near native competence in a specified European language and a sound knowledge of the culture and institutions of the country of the language. The theory, concepts, principles and techniques of the core subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance are covered in depth. The close relationship between accounting and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students' academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for a successful career in accounting and business with particular reference to Europe. YEAR 2 - REQUIREMENTS (Three compulsory double modules) BS2502 Business Finance BS2507 Management Accounting BS2516 Corporate Reporting Plus one of the following routes ROUTE 1 – FRENCH (Two compulsory double modules) ML2701 Vocational Language Skills II ML2702 Business Language (French) And two compulsory single modules Autumn Spring ML2704 Business Correspondence ML2703 (French) Oral Comprehension and Expression (French) *Continued on next page* Page 70 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ROUTE 2 – SPANISH (Two compulsory double modules) ML2711 Vocational Language Skills II ML2712 Business Language And two compulsory single modules Autumn Spring ML2714 Business Correspondence ML2713 ROUTE 3 - GERMAN (Two compulsory double modules) ML2721 Vocational Language Skills II ML2722 Business Language And two compulsory single modules Autumn Spring ML2724 Business Correspondence ML2723 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Oral Comprehension and Expression Oral Comprehension and Expression Page 71 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook LN14 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Economics AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and economics. This will be achieved by covering in depth the core accounting subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the core economic subjects of micro economics and introductory econometrics, and a further choice of one economics module.* Also, through the use of module groups in economics in the third year, the programme allows students to choose from a range of optional subjects. YEAR 2 – REQUIREMENTS FIVE compulsory double modules BS2502 Business Finance BS2507 Management Accounting BS2516 Corporate Reporting BS2550 Microeconomic Theory BS2570 Introductory Econometrics PLUS ONE further module* BS2549 Macroeconomic Theory BS2551 Money, Banking and Finance BS2560 Managerial Economics * YOUR CHOICE OF OPTIONAL ECONOMICS MODULE DURING THE SECOND YEAR HAS IMPLICATIONS FOR THE MODULES WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE TO YOU DURING THE THIRD YEAR. Page 72 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes NN24 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Management AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and management. This will be achieved by covering in depth the core accounting subjects of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the core management subject area of business policy. Also, through the use of option modules in management in the second and third years, the programme has the aim of permitting students to choose the additional subjects that they would prefer to study and examine in depth. YEAR 2 - REQUIREMENTS Four compulsory double modules BS2502 Business Finance BS2507 Management Accounting BS2516 Corporate Reporting BS2540 Marketing & Strategy And two double modules from BS2530 Organisational Behaviour BS2537 International Management BS2542 Managing People BS2582 Operations Management ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 73 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook NN23 BSc Finance and Management AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the theoretical and applied aspects of the disciplines of business management and finance. It seeks to provide students with a knowledge and understanding of those areas of business, management, finance and quantitative techniques, which are necessary for a proper understanding of management and finance and to place management and finance in their broader organisational and professional contexts. It provides a combination of theoretical ideas and practical techniques which gives a thorough grounding for a variety of careers in management and finance, in business generally, and in other fields. YEAR 2 REQUIREMENTS Four compulsory double modules BS2502 Business Finance BS2506 Inferential Statistics, Statistical Modelling and Survey Methods BS2514 Financial Markets & Institutions BS2540 Marketing & Strategy And two double modules from BS2530 Organisational Behaviour BS2537 International Management BS2542 Managing People BS2582 Operations Management Page 74 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes YEAR TWO MODULE DESCRIPTIONS (in order of module code) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 75 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2502 - Business Finance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2502 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Alpa Dhanani Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to provide students with a thorough understanding, practical application and critical appreciation of a variety of methods of investment appraisal and financing decisions and of the theories, concepts and principles underlying these methods. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: show a knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the objective of the firm; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate the discounted models of investment appraisal; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of relevant costs in investment appraisal decisions; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of the incorporation and implications of taxation in investment appraisal decisions; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of optimal replacement cycles in investment appraisal decisions; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate methods of investment appraisal that incorporate risk and uncertainty; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate the weighted average cost of capital; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the portfolio theory and its implications; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the capital asset pricing model and its implications; show a familiarity with the different theories of the determination of exchange rates show a systematic knowledge and understanding of the incorporation of foreign currency cash flows in investment appraisal decisions; show a systematic knowledge and understanding of the different types of exchange rate risks encountered by multinational companies and the different methods with which companies may manage these risks; Page 76 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes B Intellectual Skills: C solve problems by evaluating and synthesising relevant data in an appropriate fashion, based on the concept of time value of money or otherwise exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis and interpretation and evaluation of argument and evidence sustain a logical structure and critical argument in writing. Discipline Specific Skills: D show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate the incorporation and implications of capital rationing in investment appraisal decisions. appraise investment projects under a variety of different conditions; apply the principles of portfolio theory to measure the returns on and risks of corporate securities and individual projects and for market based decisiontaking; apply the principles of the capital asset pricing model for investment appraisal and financing decisions; assess the level of exchange rate risk for multinational companies and determine the different ways in which the risk may be managed. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, concepts, principles and theories effectively through oral and written means; develop and exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills; appreciate alternative viewpoints; develop report writing and referencing skills and conduct independent research using both traditional library based resources and internet based resources; exercise initiative, self-reliance and time management skills and work independently. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise thirty two hours of lectures and twelve classes. The lecture programme, which is supported by detailed handouts, is used to provide students with an introduction of the material and to direct them to the relevant sources which will enable them to further their knowledge and understanding of the material (references in which are categorised as essential, alternative and additional) and empower them to attempt the problems set for classes. Classes are closely integrated to the lecture programme; the problems are designed to provoke independent thought and seek to encourage students to apply their knowledge of material covered in lectures. Students are also provided with a revision pack which contains a set of past examination questions and solutions, arranged by topics covered. This pack can be used to supplement lecture notes in the event that the students find the course challenging and difficult to follow, and/or as revision questions to test their understanding and application of the subject matter ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 77 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook and in turn assist them to achieve their learning outcomes for the module. Lecture hand-outs also include short questions (at regular intervals) to test and ensure student understanding of the concepts covered in the previous section. Students are supported throughout the module by the module co-ordinator (and lecturer), either through consultation during office hours or by correspondence via electronic mail. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Formal assessment is by means of a one 1 ½ hour examination at the end of the Autumn semester and a one 3 hour examination at the end of the Spring semester. The examination papers cover a range of questions designed to test the students’ knowledge and comprehension of the subject matter and also their ability to apply and evaluate this knowledge to a range of possible business situations. As a result both papers include questions of two types: problem questions requiring students to use the theoretical and technical material from their module to solve the problems and to evaluate their solutions and essay type questions designed to enable the students to demonstrate their understanding of the theoretical and technical material covered in the module. Informal assessment is provided through the class problems (for which solutions are provided) and the set of additional questions (see above), which enable students to self-assess the extent to which they are meeting the module learning outcomes. In addition, students have the opportunity to submit class solutions and essay plans and raise queries and concerns to the module co-ordinator during lectures, classes, or otherwise. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 business finance 1.5 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 business finance 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content Choice and decision taking; objectives in finance. Investment Appraisal Models; Project appraisal cash flows; rationale for cash flow analysis; relevant costs, treatment of working capital, taxation and replacement cycles. Cost of capital; costs of specific types of capital; calculation and use of the weighted average cost of capital (WACC); investment decisions under uncertainty; use of probabilities, utility theory and techniques such as sensitivity analysis to analyse investment projects; portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model (CAPM); portfolio theory and an extension of risk and uncertainty, use of portfolio models to appraise securities and investment projects; derivation, use and problems of the CAPM; comparison of the WACC and the CAPM; overseas investment; cash flow appraisal of overseas investments; theories of the determinants of exchange rates; exchange rate risk and the management of exchange rate risk; investment appraisal under capital rationing. Page 78 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Essential Reading and Resource List Lumby, S., Jones, C., (2011) Corporate Finance: Theory and Practice, 8th Edition, South-Western Cengage Learning Pike, R., Neale, B., (2012) Corporate Finance and Investment: Decisions and Strategies, 7th edition, Prentice Hall Europe ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 79 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2506 - Inferential Statistics, Statistical Modelling and Survey Methods School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2506 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Saeed Heravi Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to provide students with a range of statistical approaches to sample data analysis, which are useful in applications related to management in social, economic and business related activity. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding B. Understand the context and assumptions behind the application of various statistical techniques; Understand the concept of probability theory, confidence interval estimation and hypothesis testing. Understand the principles of multivariate modelling and forecasting methods. Understand and critically evaluate the survey process as a method of data collection including its assumptions and limitations Intellectual Skills: C. Develop the ability to appreciate and assess empirical work, and therefore learn to apply the relevant statistical technique in the correct situation. Model problems quantitatively and understand and evaluate the evidence. Interpret quantitative solutions in their applied context. Discipline Specific Skills: D. Solve problems using statistical techniques based on probability theory, including population inference from sample data and hypothesis testing; Demonstrate the practice of multivariate modelling and the basic techniques of business forecasting; Evaluate the survey process, questionnaire design, specify aims and objectives, sampling frames, and sample size; Utilise statistical software as an aid to problem solving. Transferable Skills: Work individually and independently on lecture and reference materials. Page 80 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Use statistical techniques and a software tool to record, display and analyse information Interpret statistical results and draw conclusion from them. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 34 hours of lectures and computer workshops and 10 hours of classes. Teaching is mainly carried out by formal teaching methods. However, these are supplemented by ten compulsory classes in which students are able to work individually or in small groups on set problems which are closely related to the lecture material. The lecture programme is supported by detailed handouts, formula sheets and a list of useful references/recommended textbooks. To enable module learning outcomes to be attained: Class questions are given out with the lecture material, allowing students the opportunity to look at the questions prior to their workshop. In the computer workshop, students are introduced to the SPSS-for-Windows statistical package on the network and utilise this software as an aid to problem solving. Throughout the module students are also supported through students-lecturer private consultation sessions, revision sessions and email student-lecturer contact and surgeries if required How the module will be assessed Formal, summative assessment consists of two elements: one 2 hour examination at the end of Semester 1 (30%) and a 3 hour examination completed at the end of Semester 2 (70%). The examinations contain a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the modules and to test skill development. Questions set are not only designed to test students’ basic knowledge and comprehension of the syllabus, but also to assess their ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts. They require a combination of numerical and written answers, which test students’ development of intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills, as well as subject-specific knowledge. Formative assessment is provided through class questions, occasionally marked by students themselves. Students are also encouraged to submit queries and answers to past examination papers for discussion and marking. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 Autumn Exam 2 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 Spring Exam 3 hrs N/A ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 81 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Syllabus content Probability and sampling distributions; Point and confidence interval estimation; Hypothesis testing and analysis of variance; Non-Parametric methods; Correlation analysis and regression; Multiple regression; Model building; Residual analysis; Forecasting methods and choice governing use of particular methods; Survey methods including specifying aims and objectives, sampling frames, sample design and size, questionnaire design, collection and analysis of data. Background Reading and Resource List Anderson, D.R.,Sweeny, D.J. and Williams,T.A., Statistics for business and economics, West Brenson, M.L. and Levin, D.M., Basic Business Statistics, Prentice-Hall Terry Sincich, Business Statistics by Example, Prentice-Hall Mick Silver, Business Statistics, McGraw-Hill Alan Bryman and Duncan Cramer, Quantitative Data analysis with SPSS for Window Page 82 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2507 - Management Accounting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2507 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Nina Sharma Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to achieve an understanding of the use of accounting information in the internal management of business organisations. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C differentiate between the accounting information required for short and longterm decision-making. Discipline Specific Skills: D display an understanding of the role of management accounting information in costing, including the different treatment of costs that occur under marginal and absorption costing; explain the role of management accounting information in short-term decisionmaking; demonstrate an understanding of the role of management accounting information in planning and control, including the operation and behavioural aspects of budgetary control systems; understand the techniques involved in standard costing and variance analysis. demonstrate the use of cost allocation and behaviour determination techniques and the impact of learning effects on organisations; use the techniques involved in standard costing and variance analysis. Transferable Skills: analytical skills (application, analysis, evaluation and synthesis); effective decision-making and writing; problem solving. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 83 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered Teaching takes place during the Autumn and Spring semesters. The formal timetabled components of the module include approximately 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. The major topics are covered in lectures, during which relevant handouts are distributed to students. Lectures are designed to introduce each topic and to illustrate the techniques required to perform numerical calculations. On occasion, students are expected to work through example questions, and can discuss this with fellow students or the course lecturer, and are then shown the correct method. The handouts contain references to additional reading, which students are expected to do in their own time, and in preparation for the relevant classes. Classes are held once a fortnight. At the start of each semester students are provided with a set of questions to be covered in each class. These are typically designed to give the students practice in examination style questions. Classes are designed to elicit any problems and to provide a deeper understanding of the topics discussed. They are an opportunity for students to air any queries and consolidate the knowledge gained through the lectures and private study. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The continuous assessment draws on a range of skills, and focuses on a particular element of management accounting. Students are expected to show evidence of reading in addition to the core text, to integrate this into their assignment, and to reference the material in a suitable manner. The examination paper is in four parts, each containing two questions. The student is required to answer one question from each section viz. four questions in total. Parts 1 to 3 contain numerically-based questions, with additional sub-sections requiring some explanation or narrative. Part 4 contains two essay questions, requiring discussion of a core theme of the module. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 management accounting 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 6 30 assignment N/A Syllabus content Introduction to management accounting; Marginal and absorption costing; Cost allocation; Cost estimation; Budgetary control systems; Costing systems; Relevant costing. Page 84 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Essential Reading and Resource List Drury, C (2004) Management and Cost Accounting (6th edn), Thomson International Horngren, CT, A Bhmiani, SM Datar and G Foster (2008) Management and Cost Accounting (4th edn), Prentice Hall. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 85 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2509 - Taxation School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2509 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Mrs Gwen Thomas Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to provide students with an understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of the taxation of income and capital in the United Kingdom. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B describe why an effective taxation system is necessary. discuss the various factors that need to be considered when assessing the effectiveness of individual taxes. identify the basic features of the benefit system and discuss the relationship of that system with the taxation system as a means of relieving poverty. discuss methods of introducing progression into the tax system and their impact upon taxpayers' behaviour and government revenues. describe the principal rules relating to the assessment of income tax, including different categories of income, adjustment of profits, allowable and disallowable expenditure and capital allowances. distinguish between the taxation of individuals and corporate entities. discuss the justification for the taxation of capital gains and the principal CGT rules including available reliefs and exemptions. show a thorough knowledge of available reliefs and allowances for inheritance tax and display an understanding of the distinction between lifetime gifts and transfers upon death, and the significance of potentially exempt transfers. discuss the merits and disadvantages of indirect taxation generally with particular reference to Value Added Tax (VAT). understand the principal rules applying to the administration of VAT in the UK. discuss the importance of tax planning and demonstrate an understanding of the distinction between tax evasion and tax avoidance. Intellectual Skills: synthesise and evaluate secondary financial data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data . exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. sustain a critical argument in writing. Page 86 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes C Discipline Specific Skills: D apply the principal rules relating to the assessment of income tax, including different categories of income, adjustment of profits, allowable and disallowable expenditure and capital allowances by calculating total income for income tax purposes, together with the liability to taxation after applying available reliefs and allowances. calculate a company's corporation tax liability by reference to chargeable accounting periods and corporation tax financial years. prepare a basic capital gains tax computation undertake basic inheritance tax computations for individuals. undertake a simple calculation of VAT liability. identify some simple tax planning opportunities to demonstrate the distinction between tax evasion and tax avoidance. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by oral and written means. exercise initiative, self-reliance and time management skills and work independently. appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise numeracy, and problem solving skills. How the module will be delivered Formal teaching is by means of approximately thirty-six hours of lectures and ten hours of classes across the Autumn and Spring semesters. The lectures, supported by detailed handouts, are designed to identify the structure of each topic, to cover the theoretical aspects and explain the more difficult technical material, and to work through practical examples where appropriate. Students are also provided with details of relevant additional reading and reference material to enable them to consolidate and extend the knowledge gained from these sessions. Armed with this information and understanding, students are encouraged to prepare for the class assignments which are closely integrated to the lecture material. The assignments are designed to assist the students to achieve the learning outcomes by encouraging them to apply to practical situations the rules and principles introduced in lectures. Classes provide an opportunity to consolidate the underlying theory by means of discussion and thorough consideration of the class questions distributed. Further revision questions are circulated before examinations to provide additional learning resources, and students are also supported by personal and/or e-mail student-lecturer contact as appropriate. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The examinations contain a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. Questions are set not only to ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 87 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook test students’ knowledge and comprehension of the material covered but also to test their ability to apply that knowledge in particular contexts. The two examination papers taken together contain a balance between written and numerical questions. The former test the ability to provide a reasoned, coherent and logical response to the question posed. The latter test the understanding and application of theories and rules introduced by the module. Thus students’ intellectual, written communication and reasoning skills are thus tested along with their numerical application skills in conjunction with the essential subject specific knowledge. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 taxation 1.5 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 taxation 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content Income tax; corporation tax; tax planning; effective taxation; taxation of capital gains; national insurance contributions; the benefit system; low income relief and work incentives; commodity taxation; progressive taxation of income; taxation of capital transfers. Essential Reading and Resource List Simon James Publications & Christopher Nobes, The Economics of Taxation, Fiscal Alan Melville Taxation. Finance Act 2014, Pearson Andy Lymer & Lynne Oats, Taxation. Policy and Practice, 2014/2015, Fiscal Publications Page 88 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2511 - Law of Commerce, Banking and Investment School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2511 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Simon Norton Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aims of this module are to widen students’ knowledge of the law relating to banking and finance in the U.K., and of the influence of international institutions and developments upon the U.K. banking and financial sectors. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C the ability to read and apply international and national legislative instruments. the ability to understand and predict bank failures. the ability to critically evaluate the rights and obligations of banks and their customers. Discipline Specific Skills: D critically evaluate the activities of regulatory agencies active in the UK and EU banking environment. understand, compare and contrast philosophical approaches to bank and financial services regulation. develop a critical understanding of legal rights and obligations of customers and institutions which interact in the domestic and international banking and financial services environment. to gain an in depth knowledge of borrowing options and capital market instruments available to corporate borrowers and financial institutions. to understand selected case studies arising in the financial services industry. to critically appraise the functions and strategies of supranational regulatory agencies. Transferable Skills: critical analysis. technology skills including accessing internet-based resources. ability to prepare reports on practical current issues. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 89 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered The formal time tabled elements consist of 34 lectures and 8 hours of classes. The students are encouraged to read widely and to understand and critically appraise the material. The lectures provide the students with a baseline, benchmark knowledge. These are supported by detailed handouts and structured reading. Extensive use is made of internet-based resources which students are required to find for themselves, and utilise in their classes and written work. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The examination contains a range of questions designed to test student’s knowledge, comprehension and analytical skills. Students are particularly encouraged to demonstrate their reading and critical appraisal skills. The nine questions set are designed to fully assess the student’s skills and knowledge, as well as their appreciation of international issues and developments. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 Written Assessment 30 coursework law of commerce banking and investment 3 hrs N/A N/A 10 Syllabus content Financial Services and Markets Act 2000; role and recommendations of the Basel Committee; European Union Directives and the process of regulatory harmonisation; regulation of the investment markets; philosophical issues in bank regulation; bank failures; money laundering, the financing of terrorism, and responses by regulatory agencies; the capital markets, including swaps, securitisation, syndication; green finance, including the Equator Principles, debt-for-nature swaps; the UK/EU financial services industries; role of the FSA; practical issues and legal principles relating to bankers’ security. Background Reading and Resource List Valdez, Stephen, 2000, An Introduction to Global Financial Markets, Third Edition, Macmillan Business. Das, Satyajit, 1989, Swap Financing, The Law Book Company Limited. Chew, Stern, 1988, New Developments in International Finance, Blackwell. Lissakers, Karin, 1991, Banks, Borrowers, and the Establishment, Harper Collins. Page 90 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2514 - Financial Markets & Institutions School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2514 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Kevin Evans Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to introduce students to the financial markets and institutions operating in the UK. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C discuss the nature and significance of the financial system. show a knowledge and understanding of financial instruments. show a knowledge and understanding of the operations of the financial markets in the UK. show a knowledge and understanding of the objectives and operations of financial institutions. show a knowledge and understanding of the regulation of the financial system and investment business in the UK. place the UK regulatory system within the international context. discuss current issues in ethical investment and corporate governance. synthesise and evaluate primary and secondary data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial data. sustain a logical structure and critical argument in writing. exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis and interpretation and evaluation of argument and evidence. Discipline Specific Skills: describe and evaluate the operations of the financial markets and institutions in the UK. critically assess London’s role as an international financial centre. apply appropriate techniques to price money market instruments. assess the relationship between spot and forward foreign exchange rates. apply appropriate techniques to calculate payoffs for futures and options positions. critically appraise the relationships between financial markets and institutions. critically assess the statutory powers of financial services regulators. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 91 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D critically evaluate current approaches to corporate governance and ethics within the financial services sector. show an appreciation of trends towards harmonization of regulatory rules in the context of the EU, and the wider international capital and financial services environments. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, concepts, principles and theories effectively through oral and written means. develop and exercise numeric, problem solving and IT skills. develop report writing and reference skills and conduct independent research using both traditional library based resources and internet based resources. exercise initiative, self-motivation and time management skills and work independently. synthesise relevant information from a wide range of sources and utilise in specific problem solving. How the module will be delivered The time tabled elements consist of approximately 34 hours of lectures and 8 hours of tutorials. In addition, students will have the opportunity to attend sessions in the Trading Room covering trading simulations, and introductions to Bloomberg and Reuters Eikon. The students are encouraged to read widely, understand and critically appraise the material. The lectures provide the students with a baseline, benchmark knowledge. These are supported by detailed handouts, and structured reading. Extensive use is made of internet-based resources which students are required to find for themselves, and utilise in their tutorials and written work. Students are supported throughout the module by the module leader, either through consultation during office hours or by correspondence via electronic mail. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The examination contains a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. Questions are designed to test students’ basic knowledge and comprehension of the syllabus, to assess their ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts and to enable them to demonstrate the development of their intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills as well as their subject-specific knowledge. The assignment is designed to further test the students’ knowledge and comprehension of the subject matter, to encourage them to be more critical and creative in their work and to undertake further research. It will enable students to demonstrate their intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation as well as key skills of written communication, IT skills, and referencing. Page 92 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Informal assessment is provided through the class problems (for which solutions are provided), which enable students to assess the extent to which they are meeting the module learning outcomes. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 70 Written Assessment 30 essay financial markets & institutions Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A N/A 11 Syllabus content Introduction: the nature and role of the financial system. Financial Markets: Money Markets, Foreign Exchange Markets, Long Term Debt Markets, Equities Markets and Derivatives Markets – products, operation, application and significance. Financial Institutions: Deposit Institutions, Portfolio Institutions, Insurance & Provident Institutions, Other Financial Institutions – their role and significance. Regulation of the financial system and Investment Business: Applicable Statutory Framework, Supervisory Bodies. Corporate Governance and Ethical Issues. International Regulatory Issues and Supervisory Bodies. Background Reading and Resource List Finance and Financial Markets, Keith Pilbeam, Palgrave Macmillan, 2nd edition, 2005. Financial Markets and Institutions, Peter Howells and Keith Bain, FT Prentice Hall, 4th edition, 2004. The UK Financial System, Mike Buckle and John Thompson, Manchester University Press, 4th edition, 2004. Financial Market Analysis, David Blake, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd edition, 2000. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 93 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2515 - Auditing and Assurance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2515 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Professor Roy Chandler Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This module aims to provide a critical review of the role of audit and other assurance services in the context of modern society and studies the development of major assurance concepts, demonstrating how these concepts are applied in practice. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual skills: C demonstrate an understanding of the principal components of auditing and assurance services viz., auditor independence and objectivity, auditor responsibility, truth and fairness, and audit evidence in various assurance situations. demonstrate an understanding of the underlying principles and techniques of current practices in the areas of: risk assessment; planning an audit and assurance engagement; factors determining levels of assurance; internal control systems; tests of transactions and balances; evaluating computer systems and sampling techniques. compare and contrast different types of assurance engagements in terms of the position and performance of assurance providers. understand the controls over the accounting profession in the context of its regulatory environment. synthesise and evaluate secondary data. solve problems. exercise powers of inquiry and logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. sustain a critical argument in writing. Discipline Specific Skills: evaluate the principal components of auditing and assurance services viz., independence and objectivity, responsibility, truth and fairness, and audit evidence in various assurance situations identify and evaluate the underlying principles and techniques of current practices in the areas of; risk assessment; planning an audit and assurance Page 94 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D engagement; factors determining levels of assurance; internal control systems; tests of transactions and balances; auditing computer systems and sampling techniques. compare and contrast different types of assurance engagement in terms of the position and performance of assurance providers. critically evaluate developments in assurance engagements in an international context. Transferable Skills: communicate effectively ideas, principles and theories by oral and written means. exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently. apply analytical procedures to financial and non-financial data appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise problem-solving skills. access and utilise information in a variety of research resources both traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases). How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. As students need to assimilate a basic body of knowledge and demonstrate a proficiency in the application of this knowledge to a range of scenarios, an effective teaching strategy and learning support structure is imperative. Detailed handouts and a structured reading list are given to students in order to encourage the completion of case-study based class questions, which build upon the material covered in lectures and offer a real-life angle to the theoretical material presented in the lectures. Student support is given through revision sessions, lecturer and tutor office hours and e-mail student-lecturer contact. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Formal – coursework at the start of the Spring semester comprising analysis, evaluation and report on a hypothetical case study– 30% of overall module mark. The purpose of the coursework is to test understanding of key concepts and practices. The assignment must be word-processed, and therefore tests CIT skills. The examination contains a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. It aims to test knowledge and comprehension of the syllabus as well as testing students’ ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts. Questions require written answers, which test students’ development of intellectual, communication and reasoning skills, as well as subject-specific knowledge. Informal assessment is provided through case study based class questions which stimulate independent learning, develop students’ analytical skills and provide an ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 95 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Student problems are dealt with by the lecturer/tutor in classes or on a one-to-one basis and all students are encouraged to submit queries either in the class or afterwards. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 auditing and assurance 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 3 30 assignment N/A Syllabus content The role of assurance services. The regulation of the profession and criticisms of its constitution. Practices and problems involved in assurance services. Independence and objectivity: theory vs. practice; legal and professional rules; future development. The responsibilities and liabilities of providers of assurance services. Truth & Fairness and other aspects of reporting on an assurance engagement. Types of evidence, methods of collection and levels required for different assurance engagements. Auditing and assurance services internationally. Future developments in the role and regulation of the profession. Planning the assurance engagement. Assessing risk. Factors affecting the desired level of assurance. Assessing internal controls. Materiality. Assurance procedures. Evaluating computer systems. Fraud. Small company assurance. Internal Audit. Assurance engagements other than financial audit, including Social and Environmental reporting. Special classes of audit and assurance services. Assurance services in the public sector. Essential Reading and Resource List Gray & Manson – The Audit Process, 4th Edition B. Porter, Simon, J., Hatherly, D., Principles of External Auditing 3rd Edition M. Sherer & S. Turley - Current Issues in Auditing, 3rd Edition Page 96 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2516 - Corporate Reporting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2516 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Miss Natalie Forde Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this 20 credit module is to focus on the law and regulations that underpin the operation of limited companies and their published accounts. It provides the link between the first year studies (BS1509 and BS1611) where the practical techniques of the accounting process are learned and the third year (BS3521) where more advanced and theoretical aspects are studied. It aims to teach specialist accounting students why the published accounts of registered companies, especially quoted ones, have their observed form and content and to enable students to assess the role of published accounts in the process of corporate governance and appreciate the laws and regulations that affect the operation of limited companies. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B describe the nature and function of registered companies and the regulatory structure within which they operate; identify the main user groups of financial reports; know the contents of selected accounting standards and specify alternative accounting policies for the items covered know how to perform advanced analysis of financial statements and understand the limitations of such analysis. Intellectual Skills: assess the role of directors, the company secretary and auditors in financial reporting and the governance of companies; explain the role of accounting concepts and policies in the preparation of published accounts and their relationship to the underlying conceptual framework; explain why the required accounting policy is considered preferable to the others and compare and contrast the alternative accounting policies. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 97 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook C Discipline Specific Skills: D prepare accounts conforming to broad statutory requirements and accounting standards; be able to assess the extent to which the needs of the users of accounts are met by the published accounts of companies; compare and contrast alternative accounting policies, including the use of numerical examples and the preparation of accounting statements be able to interpret accounting reports. Transferable Skills: appreciate the role of information in the process of decision making and be able to identify and apply appropriate information; know and apply the criteria by which it is possible to judge information in the decision making context. How the module will be delivered METHODS OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: Teaching takes place in the first and second semesters. Teaching is by means of approximately thirty four lectures and ten feedback sessions. The study of accounting at an intermediate level requires students to assimilate a body of knowledge, become proficient in its application in a range of contexts and explain its usage. The necessary teaching strategy and support structure involves covering the theoretical and developmental aspects of topics in lectures together with their application using numerical examples and illustrations taken from published corporate accounts. Feedback sessions are designed to cover the practical aspects by means of class exercises and to consolidate the underlying theory by means of discussion. Questions dealing with the application aspects are closely integrated with the lecture material and are provided for students to work prior to attendance at classes. These questions are reviewed in feedback sessions and then supplemented with extension exercises that involve alternative applications and theoretical considerations. Packages of additional questions, together with solutions, are provided to allow students to self-test their understanding and application of key areas of the syllabus and help achieve the stated learning outcomes. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The autumn semester examination paper consists of six essay type questions taken from the Legal Aspects section of the module. The spring semester examination paper covers all of the syllabus apart from Legal Aspects. The paper consists of two sections: Page 98 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Section A has four questions with a numerical bias of which three must be answered Section B has three essay style questions.Students must answer three questions from section A and one additional question from either Section A or Section B to make a total of four. The examinations contain a range of questions that cover the learning outcomes of the module and test skill development. The questions are designed to test the ability of students to apply the knowledge that they have gained as well as demonstrate that they have achieved a minimum outcome in terms of basic knowledge. Questions require a combination of numerical and written answers to test the students’ development of intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills as well as subject specific knowledge. Informal assessment is provided through class questions that the students are free to mark themselves using the solutions provided at classes. A varied range of class, examination standard, questions are designed to stimulate independent learning and to provide an ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Similarly, study package questions are self-assessed. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 corporate reporting 1.5 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 corporate reporting 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content Legal aspects: modes of organisation; legal background; sources of funding: management and control; corporate governance; capital maintenance; Users of accounts: user groups; user needs; Form and content of published accounts: statutory requirements; accounting standards; The Conceptual Framework; definitions; recognition; measurement and derecognition; Selected Accounting Standards: The module will cover the authoritative requirements of a number of accounting standards current at the time of teaching; Methods of interpretation and financial statement analysis. Essential Reading and Resource List Francis Rose, Nutshell’s Company law (6th ed) Picker, R., Alfredson, K, Leo, K., Loftus, J., Clark, K. and Wise, V., (2013). Applying International Financial Reporting Standards (3rd ed.) Milton, Qld. John Wiley and Sons Australia Alexander, D., Britton, A. and Jorissen, A. (2011). International Financial Reporting and Analysis (5th ed.) Cengage Learning. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 99 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Background Reading and Resource List ACCA F7 (2014) Financial Reporting (International and UK) study text London; BPP Learning Media Ltd ACCA F7 (2014) Financial Reporting (International and UK) study text London; Kaplan Publishing Page 100 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2518 - Business, Government and Society School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2518 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Thomas Entwistle Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to explore the interrelationships between private, public and voluntary sector organisations within the contemporary business environment. The first semester will explore the landscape of organisations differentiated by their publicness. In the second semester, we will explore the relationships between government, business and society in more depth, with a particular emphasis on public-private partnership, regulation and social innovation. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: Consider the composition of the public sector and determine the extent to which the sector has experienced constitutional, administrative and external change over the last twenty-five years Determine the characteristics and theoretical underpinnings of Old Public Administration and New Public Management Evaluate the role of markets and competition in the public sector Identify the key features of Labour’s modernisation agenda and assess its early impact on public services B. Intellectual Skills: Apply theories of bureaucracy to the public sector Consider the conceptualisation and measurement of organisational performance in public services Demonstrate analytical and written communication skills in the form of logical structured argument for presentation in an assessed essay and in response to examination questions. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Demonstrate the ability to evaluate the impact of recent public sector reforms, based on a critical interpretation of the literature. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 101 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D. Transferable Skills: Develop and apply a range of academic skills including: the evaluation of theoretical models; operationalisation of concepts; and the interpretation of empirical evidence. Develop analytical, communication and learning skills through workshops and seminars. How the module will be delivered The module comprises 34 hours of lectures, spread over the two semesters, with two members of academic staff teaching one semester each. The seminar programme includes 10 hours of contact time. A variety of teaching techniques are used in seminars including 2 hour sessions in which students prepare and present group presentations. These core classes are supplemented throughout the year with a number of sessions with guest speakers, managers from public service organisations, such as the Welsh Assembly and the National Health Service. Podcasts will also be included to reinforce learning in lectures. How the module will be assessed The formal assessment consists of two main elements: An examination at the end of Spring Semester and one essay to be submitted in the Autumn Semester and one group presentation to take place in Spring Semester. The essay topics relate to key aspects of the syllabus and are often drawn from previous examination questions. The examination paper is divided into two halves with questions relating to both the first and second semesters. It is the intention that the questions cover the various aspects of the syllabus and encompass the various learning outcomes. Answers are expected to be in the form of coherent essays, thus testing the student’s analytical and written communication skills. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 25 business, government and society N/A essay 11 Presentation 25 business, government and society N/A group presentation 10 Examination - Spring Semester 50 business, government and society 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content Semester one: distinctions and relationships between sectors; the businessgovernment relationship; the government-voluntary sector relationship; the functions of the public sector; policy making, including the contribution of pressure groups and social movements; Semester two: globalisation; regulation and markets, corporate Page 102 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes social responsibility; public-private partnerships; social entrepreneurship; sustainable development; social marketing. innovation and Background Reading and Resource List Greener, I. (2009) Public Management: A Critical Text, Palgrave. Hoppe, R. (2010) The Governance Participation, Policy Press. of Problems: Puzzling Powering and Hughes, O. E. (2012) Public Management and Administration: An Introduction, Palgrave. Osborne, D. and Gaebler, T. (1993) Reinventing Government: Entrepeneurial Spirit is Transforming the Public Sector, Plume ©2014 Cardiff Business School How the Page 103 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2530 - Organisational Behaviour School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2530 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Professor Mike Wallace Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this second-level module in Organisational Behaviour (OB) is to develop a critical understanding of the activities and interactions of people within work organisations. This will be achieved through an explanation and discussion of key concepts, theories and ideas in the OB literature. The relevance and usefulness of these concepts and theories for management and other groups within organisations will also be considered. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: Demonstrate a critical understanding of the complex inter-relationships between individual behaviour, group behaviour, organisational structure and organisational processes. Demonstrate a detailed knowledge of the key theories used in the management literature to understand individual and group behaviour and the relationships between this behaviour and organisational structure and processes. Critically understand the nature of Organisational Behaviour and the relevance of the discipline in understanding and managing organisations. B. Intellectual Skills: Identify the strengths and weaknesses of alternative theoretical perspectives, including those advanced to understand motivation, leadership, decisionmaking, control, power and resistance, and the gendering or organisations. Appreciate the implications of different perspectives for both understanding and managing organisations. Critically evaluate recent developments in organisations, including diversity management and team-work. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Demonstrate the ability to draw on a range of perspectives and to use this knowledge to critically examine organisations and to manage the behaviour that occurs within them. Page 104 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D. Employability Skills: Develop a range of employability skills that can be utilized in the critical analysis of management and of organizations Develop skills in critical reflection, teamworking, effective communications, time management, and creative thinking through a range of individual and group based exercises. How the module will be delivered The module is delivered through a series of lectures and tutorials over two semesters. There is an emphasis on student-directed learning, and you are expected to prepare thoroughly for classes via reading and reflection. Tutorials will involve a combination of group-work, individual and group presentations, discussion and debate. A handout will be provided for each tutorial. The main contact points will be: One lecture (1hr 50mins each, including a 10 minute break) per week in both semesters. Three fortnightly tutorials (1hr 40mins each) in each semester. These small group sessions have been designed to ensure the active participation of students in the learning process. Here there will be extensive use of experiential exercises, discussion groups, quizzes and text analyses. These sessions will focus on the development of employability skills, especially critical thinking, and on developing the understanding of key concepts and theories in organizational behaviour. How the module will be assessed This module will be formally assessed by one 3000 word essay and an examination. In the examination students will be required to answer three questions, one from the first semester and two from the second semester. A pass mark of 40% is required on this module. Other, more informal methods are used in the assessment of transferable skills. These will regularly be used in small group sessions where specific feedback and advice will be given to students on the development of practical skills relating to working in groups, making oral presentations and improving their own ability to learn and to reflect on their learning process. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 organisational behaviour 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 40 N/A 1 coursework (spring semester) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 105 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Syllabus content Understanding and investigating teamwork, the management of change, leadership, and organizational politics. Decision-making; happiness; control; resistance; conflict. Background Reading and Resource List Knights, D & Willmott, H. (2007) Introducing Organisational Behaviour & Management, London: Thomson. Palmer, I. and Hardy, C. (2000) Thinking about Management, London, Sage Linstead, S. Fulop, L. and Lilley, S. (2009) Management and Organisation: A Critical Text., London, Macmillan. Thompson, P. and McHugh, Introduction, London: Macmillan. D. (2009) Work Organizations: A Critical Grey, C (2008) A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About Studying Organizations, London: Sage. Page 106 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2537 - International Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2537 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Thomas Prosser Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module is designed to provide business students with key ideas in international management, within the context of a rapidly developing international business environment. The material presented will allow students to understand the challenges faced by international managers in a variety of different international settings. On completion of the module, students should be able to analyse a range of processes involved in enabling organizations to manage effectively in a global economy, addressing issues including cross-cultural management and comparative management and business systems. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding; Address competing theories of the nature of globalisation including developing a critical understanding of the causes of stability and instability in the global business environment Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the role of multinationals in the world economy Show an awareness of how multinationals have evolved in different economic environments, and of the growing importance of multinationals based in emerging economies Understand the diversity of international organizations including the growing role of international non governmental organizations Understand the changing organization of international business processes, including outsourcing and offshoring Demonstrate an understanding of the framework within which international business activity occurs, including the role of transnational institutions Show an awareness of business ethics changes and dilemmas raised by internationalisation Demonstrate an understanding of the core challenges faced by international managers, and strategies managers can employ to enable organizations to perform effectively in diverse environments B. Intellectual Skills: Critically assess and understand the changing international context in which organizations operate Critically evaluate the functioning of organisations operating internationally ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 107 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Analyse and highlight the complexities of managing organisations in the international context Demonstrate an understanding of the role of the international manager in the management of human resources C. Discipline Specific Skills: Read, interpret and critically assess academic research conducted by management scholars in the field of international management. Integrate emerging information and data from various sources into theoretical understandings drawn from academic research in international management, and draw conclusions applicable to management practice D. Transferable Skills: Work individually and independently on lecture and class reference materials Communicate orally within classes on specified topics Make individual presentations within classes on specified topics Write effectively in producing coherent and succinct assignments Where appropriate, analyse numerical data Manage time with regard to class preparation, the writing and handing in of assignments and the preparation for examinations How the module will be delivered This module is taught using a lecture and tutorial system, with the lectures covering the core content of the module topics and the tutorials enabling the students to analyse, discuss and debate the module content. Lectures and tutorial topics will be research-led, based on the extensive experience in international and comparative management of the module Co-ordinator and the module team. The module will be delivered through 34 lectures, over two semesters, and 10 hours of tutorials. How the module will be assessed The examination paper contains eight questions of which student are required to answer three. Both the essay assignment and the examination questions are intended to assess the extent to which students have achieved the module’s learning outcomes. Principally, the assessments are designed to determine whether students can critically evaluate the theoretical models and identify the key empirical issues facing managers and policy makers involved in International Management. Students’ ability to develop a coherent argument based on empirical evidence is also assessed through the written essay assignment. Verbal presentation skills are evaluated during the class sessions when individual and collective presentations are prepared and delivered before class members. During these sessions the tutorial leader provides students with constructive feedback on their delivery style and presentation structure. Informal feedback is provided through Blackboard and in lectures and tutorials to all students requesting advice with regards to essay structure and revision programme Page 108 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 international management 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 8 40 coursework N/A Syllabus content The main module topics include: 1. Globalization: what is it, how does it affect us, and is it a good thing? 2. Multinational corporations, theory and practices. 3. Global business strategy. 4. Transnational business process organization. 5. Transnational organizational coordination and learning. 6. Cross cultural management and ethics in the international environment. 7. Managing in China, India, and Malaysia. 8. Europe and the Eurozone. 9. International NGO management. 10. International financial architecture. The module contents are updated as the academic year progresses to take into account emerging developments in international management and business. Background Reading and Resource List Bartlett, C., Ghoshal, S., Beamish, P. (2007), Transnational Management: Text and Cases, London, McGraw Hill. Bird, F. and Velasquez, M., eds, (2006), Just Business Practices in a Diverse and Developing World: Essays on International Business and Global Responsibilities, London, Palgrave Macmillan. Dicken, P. (2007), Global Shift, London, Sage. Gereffi, G. (2006), The New Offshoring of Jobs and Global Development, Geneva, ILO. Lasserre, P. (2007), Global Strategic Management, London, Palgrave. Mathews, J. (2002), Dragon Multinational: A New Model for Global Growth, Oxford, OUP. Schneider, S. and Barsoux, J. (2002), Managing Across Cultures, London, Prentice Hall. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 109 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2540 - Marketing and Strategy School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2540 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Eleri Rosier Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This module provides students with an understanding of the role and major elements of marketing and strategic management. The aims of this module are to: furnish students with a broad-based understanding of the factors, mechanisms and processes relevant to establishing and maintaining effective marketing and strategic management activities, and provide them with the ability to critically evaluate and apply marketing and strategy issues in contemporary business settings On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: Appreciate the evolution of the marketing concept. Understand further approaches to marketing such as digital marketing, retailing, business-to-business and international marketing. Demonstrate knowledge of fundamental marketing and strategy models, processes and concepts and their practical application. Understand key strategic influences from the environment. Outline the central issues in strategy evaluation, choice and implementation. B. Intellectual Skills: Apply and evaluate key theoretical and analytical perspectives found in the marketing and strategic management literatures. Evaluate the importance for strategic decision making of key strategic influences from the environment. Enhanced employability skills such as peer-to-peer interaction and learning, self-directed study, conceptualisation and reflection skills and sense making by applying theory to practical examples. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Application of applied knowledge; practical application of theories and models; develop problem solving skills. Explain and evaluate the conceptual and practical virtues of relationalorientated conceptions of marketing. Page 110 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D. Transferable Skills: Demonstrate understanding and ability to construct an argument within exam essays and in a written assignment. Further develop both reflective log and critical writing skills. How the module will be delivered There are a minimum of 44 hours of direct contact with students. These are supported by detailed handouts and both pre- and post- structured reading (recommended reading is detailed in the handouts) and a range of in-class exercises, in order to empower students to critically assess and evaluate the subject matter. Additional exercises (including learning logs) are set for students to complete during self-study time. Students are further supported throughout the module via electronic communication facilities. How the module will be assessed Formal assessment: one three-hour examination at the end of the Spring Semester (60%); and one 2000 word assignment and 8 learning logs to be submitted in the Autumn Semester (40%). The examination, assignment and learning logs contain questions designed to cover all the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. Questions set are not only designed to test students’ basic knowledge and understanding of the comprehensive syllabus, but also to appraise their ability to apply such knowledge to business situations; through analysing practical situations using appropriate techniques and developing relevant arguments. Informal assessment: classroom exercises, where students will be encouraged to analyse contemporary case examples. The discussions surrounding these exercises are designed to provide an indicator of knowledge assimilation and skill development and provide a stimulus for independent study. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 marketing and strategy 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 10 learning logs N/A 9 Written Assessment 30 assignment N/A 9 Syllabus content The module is structured around two themes: Marketing Management -covers issues relating to the management of marketing activities in modern organisations—incorporating insights into the marketing management process, customer insight, market positioning and targeting. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 111 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Strategic Management- features the strategic fundamentals of business policy-including the strategy process, organisational vision, mission and objectives, strategic analysis of the internal and external environments, the resource-based view of the firm, strategic alternatives for growth and achieving competitive advantage, strategy evaluation, choice and implementation and measuring success. Essential Reading and Resource List Rosier E (2014) Marketing and Strategy Custom Pearson Text Jobber and Ellis-Chadwick (2013) Principles and Practice of Marketing, 7th Ed, McGraw Hill. Page 112 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2542 - Managing People School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2542 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Aoife Mcdermott Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to provide students with the knowledge and skills needed to manage people in contemporary organisations. The programme of study will develop knowledge of (1) how people management can support organisational performance; (2) the core HR models and practices that form the ‘toolkit’ used in managing people and; (3) how these HR models and practices can be applied to address contemporary issues in people management. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: Discuss and apply the principal models and practices used in dealing with people-related issues. Demonstrate an understanding of key contemporary issues involved in managing people. Undertake evidence based choices when applying theory and practice to address these issues. Describe and evaluate the principal debates in the field of human resource management. Assess the impact of new approaches to human resource management on workers. B. Intellectual Skills: Analyse and synthesise information. Sustain a logical argument and defend conclusions. Compare, contrast and evaluate theoretical explanations. Use empirical evidence to debate how certain approaches to management practice can be applied. Discuss the relevance of theory on the basis of empirical research. Identify formal and informal structures and cultures within organisations and analyse the effects of these on management and the efficiency of organisations. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 113 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook C. Discipline Specific Skills: Consider a broad range of views in dealing with specific people-related issues. Analyse organisational context and work-place settings in making informed decisions. Anticipate the impact of decisions on employee relations and performance. Recognise the potential implementation issues facing managers when addressing people-related issues. D. Transferable Skills: Find, manage, appraise and utilise information and data. Work individually and as part of a team. Negotiate with others. Write effectively for a management audience. Make presentations as part of a group. How the module will be delivered The formal timetable comprises 32 hours of lectures and 12 hours of tutorials. The lecture programme is supported by the tutorials, which provide students with an opportunity to apply theory to real-life workplace settings. In addition to tutorials, students are supported throughout the module programme via the course handbook and the module Learning Central webpage. Copies of PowerPoint lecture slides, handouts and recommended readings are made available in class and online. Students may also avail of further support through advertised weekly consultation sessions with the programme lecturers, via email and via the discussion board. How the module will be assessed The module assessment will comprise of two components. The first is a 2,000 word case study report, to be submitted early in Spring Semester. This case study will require students to write a written response to a contemporary people management issue, faced by a designated organisation. The case study will account for 30% of the module marks. The second assessment component is a three hour examination, which will take place at the end of the Spring Semester. This will account for 70% of the module marks. The examination paper will comprise two sections. The first section will contain four essay questions, of which students are required to answer two. The second section will consist of two questions based on a short case study. Students must answer one of these questions. The case study and exam are designed to assess the extent to which students have achieved the module learning outcomes. The assessments will therefore require students to (1) identify and discuss key contemporary people-management issues facing managers in organisations; (2) describe and evaluate appropriate theoretical Page 114 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes models for addressing these issues and; (3) identify and discuss the HR practices required to support appropriate interventions. Students must develop coherent and appropriate arguments, based on theory and empirical evidence. Analytic and verbal presentation skills are applied and evaluated during the tutorial sessions, through individual and group presentations. Students will receive constructive feedback on their content, delivery style and presentation structure during these sessions. The tutorial programme is designed to support and assist students with their assignment and exam preparation. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 30 case study N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 spring exam 3 hrs 2 N/A Syllabus content The themes covered in the programme are as follows: (1) The origins and development of people management, including the relationship between HR and organisational performance, and strategic human resource management; (2) HR practices including recruitment and selection; training and development; performance management and; reward management and; (3) Contemporary people management issues including organisational culture; managing contemporary work; diversity management and managing workers in an international environment. Essential Reading and Resource List Redman and Wilkinson (2013), Contemporary Human Resource Management (4th Edition), Prentice Hall. Gilmore and Williams (2009) Human Resource Management, Oxford University Press. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 115 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2543 - Business Information Systems School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2543 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Professor Paul Beynon-davies Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This module introduces the aspiring business professional to three topic areas that are likely to be critical to his or her future working life. Information is so-important to the modern world that some have even referred to it as the global information society. In this module we help the student unravel the ways in which information underpins business activity of many forms. We demonstrate the ways in which information underlies the work of not only the business manager but also the shop-floor worker. Second, organisations establish information systems in order to control their current activities and also as the basis for changing and improving their ways of doing things. In this module we study a number of typical information systems within business which drive their operation. We also discuss the ways in which information systems are now critically important for managing activities and relationships with external stakeholders such as customers, suppliers and partners. Third, information and communication technology (ICT) has been used to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of both information systems and business practice. Much of the way modern business works is embedded or encoded in its ICT. Without ICT systems many organisations would cease to function. The module therefore examines at a high-level and in business terms the ICT infrastructure of the typical company. Information, information systems and ICT are not isolated areas of concern for the modern business. For instance, the modern business organisation may have the aim of improving its performance through the collection and use of better information. But in order to do this the business must develop an efficient information system, which is likely to require extensive use of ICT. Hence, the module aims to impart an integrated and rounded account of the domain of business informatics. On completion of the module a student should be able to Knowledge and Understanding: Understand the central place of the concepts of system and information to modern organisations Distinguish between and understand the interdependence of activity systems, information systems and ICT systems within modern business Page 116 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Describe the critical activities involved in the planning, management, operation and development of ICT infrastructure in organisations Intellectual Skills: Critically evaluate the role of information, information systems and ICT in the provision of business value Explore the effective planning and management of information systems for organisations Assess business and management concepts and their relevance to information systems Debate the role of electronic business and electronic commerce in the context of the national and international economy Analyse the impact of ICT upon the transformation of organisations Discipline Specific (including practical) Skills: Relate features of organisations that impact upon the shape of information systems Identify the importance of information systems development for organisations and the effects of different approaches Analyse and document simple examples of key business systems Design elements of key business systems Transferable Skills: Analytical skills (particularly abstraction and synthesis) Design skills (particularly modelling) Communication skills (particularly written and graphic) Critical skills (particularly evaluation) How the module will be delivered Indicative study hours for the module will be of the order of 200 hours, of which the formal timetabled component will consist of 34 hours of lectures and 6 hours of tutorial support. Learning will be supported by provision of on-line materials and resources available through the university’s managed learning environment (MLE) and other online resources. The university MLE will also be used for on-line tutorial support through discussion boards, podcasts and blogs. Students will be directed to consolidate and expand their learning through structured reading, which will be detailed in the syllabus for each key topic of the module. Journal articles may be used to highlight recent developments in each of the key topic areas. The opportunity will also available to apply a number of business analysis techniques to selected elements from a large range of case material that will be provided as part of the module. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 117 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed One in-course assignment, consisting of a report containing diagrams and text (equivalent to 30 hours preparation and presentation work), will give the student the opportunity to apply one or more business analysis techniques they have learnt within the module to a practical context. It is expected that the assessment will be based on a case study of the application of an ICT system within a particular business. The examination includes a range of questions designed to cover all the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. Emphasis is placed on testing students’ application of knowledge in particular contexts and their ability to critically assess and synthesise the knowledge obtained from the module as a whole. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 40 business analysis assignment N/A 9 Examination - Spring Semester 60 business information systems 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content The module consists of a number of module elements: Informatics Domain. The opening module element considers the importance of an understanding of information systems to effective performance of organisations of various kinds. A model of the domain is introduced and used to emphasise the necessary multi-faceted and inter-connected nature of information systems in business. Organisations and Systems.The purpose of ICT can only be considered in terms of human activity conducted within organisations. This module element examines what organisation constitutes as a basis for considering the relevance of information, information systems and ICT to organisations. It uses the concept of system to relate many of the issues seen as critical to the modern organisation including strategy, management and performance. The element will also cover the key skills of process modelling and design. Data, Information and Knowledge. The concept of information is much taken for granted. This chapter module element argues that an understanding of the multifaceted nature of information is critical to successful endeavour in this domain. We utilise the concept of a sign to help us explain the crucial relationship between data, information, decision and action. The element also considers the practical importance of modelling data, information and knowledge in organisations. Information Systems.This module element defines the concept of an information system as a communication system used to support a given activity system. We Page 118 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes argue for its place as a socio-technical system in that it spans between activities on the one hand and ICT on the other. The module element concludes with an examination of a typical information systems infrastructure for the modern business. Communication infrastructure. The adoption of ICT is promoted within both the public and private sector as a means of improving the efficacy, efficiency and effectiveness of the delivery of services and goods to internal and external stakeholders. Modern organisations therefore rely on effective ICT infrastructure. In this module element we examine key elements making up the communication infrastructure supporting such changes to organisational activity. This includes a consideration of the concepts of access devices and channels, communication networks, the Internet and the World-Wide Web upon business activity. We also consider the importance of such networks for carrying business transactions and the ongoing attempts to develop various standards in this area. ICT Systems Infrastructure. This module element begins by considering the component elements of an ICT system and how the processing of such systems is now distributed across communication networks. This leads to a discussion of frontend ICT systems and the critical place of Web sites and Web content in such systems. We then consider the place of the business tier and the concept of business rules. This is followed by a consideration of back-end ICT systems and the critical place of data management in the modern ICT infrastructure. The module element concludes with a discussion of the integration of front-end and back-end infrastructure and securing data both within ICT systems and across communication infrastructure. The Business Environment.The primary viewpoint on the organisation adopted in this module is as an activity system (or more accurately a collection of interacting activity systems) that is affected by forces found within its environment. Organisations are not isolated entities, they are open systems. This means that the success of any organisation will depend on how well it integrates with aspects of its environment. In this chapter we focus on the economic environment of the organisation and describe ways in which organisations can be considered as systems producing value that travels within and between organisations. Hence, activity systems provide supportive mechanisms for the customer, supply and internal value-chains of organisations. We outline key elements of such value-chains and describe them as conduits within a wider value network which coordinates the flow of goods, services and transactions both within and between organisations. Electronic Business and Electronic Commerce. Much of the economic environment globally now relies on ICT infrastructure for effective operation. Hence many modern businesses are ‘electronic’ businesses to a greater or lesser extent. In this module element we consider the use of ICT in terms of the concept of the value-network, which helps us distinguish between various forms of electronic business. Intrabusiness eBusiness involves the use of ICT to support the internal value-chain. Since we use the term eBusiness to incorporate the area of eCommerce, Business to consumer (B2C) eCommerce involves consideration of the place of ICT in the customer-chain. Business to Business (B2B) eCommerce particularly focuses on the place of ICT in the supply-chain. Consumer to consumer (C2C) eCommerce covers that area concerned with the application of ICT in the community-chain. Lastly, ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 119 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Partner to Partner (P2P) eBusiness concerns the use of ICT in support of collaboration networks between businesses. Assessing the Use and Impact of Information Systems. After an information system is introduced into an organisation, the system begins to have effects on that organisation. We may distinguish between first-order effects and second-order effects. First-order effects concern issues of use. Second-order effects concern the impact of the system on individuals, groups and the organisation as a whole. Both use and impact are critical to the assessment of the success or failure of some information system. This module element considers all three issues of use, impact and success and concludes with a consideration of a number of different ways in which the worth of information systems can be established. Planning, Strategy and Management. In this module element we consider two of the critical processes impacting upon what we shall refer to as the informatics infrastructure of some organisation: management and planning. We consider the importance of informatics planning to the effective coupling of informatics strategy with general business strategy. This leads us to consider the management activities associated both with current and future informatics infrastructure. Service, Projects and Operations. In this module element we consider the structure of the informatics industry and that of the informatics service tasked with conducting such activity. The informatics service is either part of the organisation in question or some vendor organisation which services the needs of the client organisation. Two critical activities of such a service are also considered in this chapter. First, we consider the essentials of project management as a key skill. Second, we consider the neglected topic of operating the ICT infrastructure for organisations – something which is now typically described as ICT services management. Development.In this module element we consider information systems development as one of the key organisational processes for organisations. Since it is a process it can be considered as a system in itself. The key inputs into the process are ICT resources and developer resources. A critical part of developer resources are the toolkit of methods, techniques and tools available to the developer. The development process is normally organised in terms of projects and is managed typically in terms of defined phases of activity. Each of these phases is discussed within this module element. Successful Practice in Business Informatics In this final module element we attempt two things. First, synthesise the material from previous elements in terms of the domain model covered in the opening module element. Second, we apply this model to a consideration of one of the most prominent cases in the literature. This helps us to summarise some of the key elements of the body of knowledge for the discipline and area of practice. Background Reading and Resource List Beynon-Davies P. (2009). Business Information Systems. Palgrave/Macmillan, Houndmills, Basingstoke. Page 120 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Beynon-Davies P. (2010). Significance: exploring the nature of information, systems and technology. Palgrave/Macmillan, Houndmills, Basingstoke. Checkland, P. (1999). Soft Systems Methodology: a thirty year retrospective. Chichester, John Wiley. Chaffey, D. (2006). E-Business and E-Commerce Management. Pearson Education, Harlow, Essex. Senge, P. M. (2006). The Fifth Discipline: the art and practice of the learning organisation. New York, Doubleday. Tapscott, D. and A. D. Williams (2006). Wikinomics: how mass collaboration changes everything. London, Atlantic Books. Avison, D. E. and B. Fitzgerald (2006). Information Systems Development: Methodologies, Techniques and Tools, Mcgraw-Hill. Galliers, B. and D. Leidner (2002). Strategic Information Management: Challenges and Strategies in Managing Information Systems. New York, ButterworthHeinemann. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 121 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2549 - Macroeconomic Theory School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2549 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Akos Valentinyi Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The function of this module is to provide students with a firm foundation in the workings of the macroeconomy. The module equips students with an understanding of the theory, concepts, principles and techniques of macroeconomics, building upon the material introduced in year one Macroeconomics. Its role is to provide the intermediate step towards the advanced Macroeconomic Analysis and provides the foundation for specialist optional modules in year 3. The Macroeconomic Theory module aims to provide students with a sound understanding of the method, content and scope of macroeconomic analysis, focusing in particular on models of the business cycle, economic growth and the components of aggregate demand. On completion of the module a student should be able t o A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C comprehend the key determinants of saving and investment, output and employment in both a closed and an open economy. appreciate the main differences between Classical and Keynesian theories of the business cycle. understand the determinants of long-term economic growth. be familiar with recent developments in the analysis of consumption, investment and asset demand. analyse and evaluate competing theories of the business cycle. critically evaluate models of economic growth. apply and evaluate theories of the determinants of aggregate demand. Discipline Specific Skills: apply competing theories of the business cycle to the cyclical behaviour of key macroeconomic variables. illustrate and compare the potential effects of specific macroeconomic policies using different theories of the business cycle. Page 122 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D apply neoclassical and endogenous growth models to the analysis of saving, investment and population growth. compare the operation of the open economy under different exchange rate regimes, including the effects of fiscal and monetary policy. Transferable Skills: demonstrate the ability to undertake both diagrammatic and mathematical analyses of macroeconomic issues. development analytical, communication and learning skills through class work and web-based exercises. develop problem-solving skills. interpret real world macroeconomic data. How the module will be delivered Teaching will take place in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There will be approximately 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. The module covers 10 topics, with each topic consisting of approximately 3 hours of lectures plus a one hour class. Lectures are used to identify the main principles and issues that are covered under each topic, building upon and developing the material covered in year 1 Macroeconomics. Details of specific reading material associated with each topic are presented in the course outline. The purpose of lectures is to cover the main points and structure of the topic, introduce new material, aid in improving student learning and provide guidance to further research on the topic. The classes are undertaken in parallel with the lectures and are structured so as to develop student’s quantitative skills and their ability to apply the principles of macroeconomics outside the context in which they are introduced in the lectures. Each class involves a set of review questions that either require students to consider material covered in lectures in a more mathematical way that in lectures or to apply a particular theory or model to a set of real-world events. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The two class tests first require student to use material from the module to analyse a particular set of events and to solve problems, of a theoretical or practical kind, developing from the material covered in classes. The Final examination (end of Spring semester) also has two parts. The first part develops material covered in the classes and requires students to solve problems of a theoretical or practical kind. The second part is essay based and requires students to demonstrate an understanding of macroeconomic theory and the ability to apply macroeconomic principles in comparative static analysis. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 123 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 macroeconomic theory 3 hrs N/A Examination - Autumn Semester 30 macroeconomic theory 1.5 hrs N/A Syllabus content Productivity, Output and Employment; Consumption, Saving and Investment; Saving and Investment in the Open Economy; Business Cycles; Business Cycles in the Classical Model; The Real Business Cycle Model; New Keynesian Economics: The Macroeconomics of Wage and Price Rigidity; Business Cycles and Macroeconomic Policy; Long-Run Economic Growth; The Asset market, Money and Prices Household Decisions to Consume and Save: A More Formal Treatment; Monetary Policy and the Supply of Money Government Spending and its Financing; The Government Budget; Exchange Rates and the Open Economy. Essential Reading and Resource List Williamson S. (2014) Macroeconomics. 5th ed. Pearson Jones and Vollrath (2013) Introduction to Economic Growth. 3rd ed. W. W. Norton and Company. Background Reading and Resource List More detailed reading lists will be provided in the module. Blanchard: Macroeconomics (Pearson) The Economist (2008 to 2013) Journal of Political Economy Weintraub (1992) Journal of Monetary Economics Page 124 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS2550 - Microeconomic Theory School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2550 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Professor Trevor Boyns Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module Microeconomic Theory is a compulsory module for all Economics students on the single and joint honours degree programmes. Its role is to build upon the analysis developed in the year 1 module Microeconomics and to provide the theoretical basis upon which the option modules in years 2 and 3 can develop. The function of the module in terms of progression varies across the degree programmes. For Economics it provides the intermediate step towards the advanced Microeconomic Analysis module of year 3. For Business Economics and Banking & Finance it provides the foundations for the specialist core modules of those programmes. The aim of the module is to provide second year undergraduates studying economics as a single or a joint honours degree with an understanding of key intermediate microeconomic concepts and their application. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C demonstrate an understanding of the key areas of microeconomics: consumer theory, theories of the firm and market structure, general equilibrium analysis, basic welfare economics and various forms of market failure. analyse the operations of market economies. evaluate alternative theoretical models. Discipline Specific Skills Demonstrate an ability to: identify appropriate theoretical models and associated analytical techniques to answer specific problems in microeconomics. use certain mathematical techniques to address specific problems in microeconomics. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 125 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D Transferable Skills: Demonstrate an ability to: manipulate mathematical equations and solve numerical problems. understand both theoretical and real-world examples. develop presentational skills in classes. apply logic and reason in addressing problems and issues. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise of approximately 33 hours of lectures and 10 hours of seminars. The lecture programme is supported by a module outline which details the reading to be completed by students for each section of the module. Students receive lecture handouts from time to time and a regular series of fortnightly seminar worksheets which are integrated with the lectures, and which encourage students to utilise the knowledge gained, both from lectures and from their associated reading. The questions on the seminar worksheets test student understanding of key theoretical microeconomic concepts and their ability to apply those concepts in addressing specific problems. In this way students develop their analytical and decision-making skills in order to help them attain the learning outcomes for this module. Students are supported throughout the module through the provision of fortnightly seminars, the posting of worksheet answers on the electronic noticeboard and have access to the lecturers through advertised weekly ‘office hours’ and student-lecturer e-mail contact. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The Autumn Semester assessment contains a range of questions relating to the material taught in the section of the module dealing with household/consumer choice. The paper is divided into two sections. The first section assesses the ability of students to judge whether statements made are true or false and their ability to explain why, using appropriate microeconomic concepts. Questions require a combination of written answers accompanied by appropriate diagrammatic or mathematical reasoning. These true/false questions test students’ development of intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills, as well as subject-specific knowledge. The second section of the assessment does likewise but, through a compulsory question, more specifically assesses their ability to understand a key mathematical technique, namely that of Lagrangean functions. The Spring Semester examination follows a similar format to that of the Autumn Semester examination, but is longer since it deals with the section of the module, that on firms, markets and efficiency, which comprises approximately two-thirds of the module teaching allocation. The examination has three sections: a true/false section; a mathematical section; and a longer answer section. The addition of the third section enables a formal assessment to be made of the students to write longer answers and/or to show an understanding of linked analytical topics. Page 126 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Informal and semi-informal assessment is provided through seminar worksheet questions which are taken in by tutors for scrutiny. A variety of class, examinationstandard, questions are designed to stimulate independent learning and to provide an ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Students are encouraged throughout the module to consult those members of staff who conduct the lectures and the module leader, with any queries they may have about any aspects of the module. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 microeconomic theory 1.5 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 microeconomic theory 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content The syllabus is divided into two sections: (i) Household/consumer choice (approximately one-third of the module teaching allocation): basic consumer theory – indifference curve analysis; compensating and equivalent variations; extensions of the basic consumer model – income/leisure trade-off and the borrowing/lending decision; (ii) Firms, markets and efficiency (approximately two-thirds of the module teaching allocation) – production and cost theory; the competitive model; general equilibrium analysis; market power; market failure and missing markets. Essential Reading and Resource List W Morgan, M L Katz and H S Rosen Microeconomics 2nd European ed (2009) H R Varian Intermediate Microeconomics 9th ed (Norton, 2014) H Gravelle and R Rees Microeconomics 3rd ed (FT Prentice-Hall, 2004) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 127 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2551 - Money Banking & Finance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2551 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Mr Zhirong Ou Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The role of this module is to provide students with a comprehensive introduction to the economics of money, banking and finance. It builds upon the theoretical analyses introduced in the year 1 macroeconomic and microeconomic modules and applies them within a monetary and financial context. The module provides an essential grounding for the final year modules on the Banking & Finance degree programme, Domestic and International Banking, International Finance and Financial Economics. This module aims to provide an understanding of the workings of monetary and financial systems and uses this understanding to assess and evaluate policy options and problems in economics, banking and finance. The module surveys basic monetary theory and provides insight into current debates in banking and finance. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: identify the role of financial institutions and financial markets and be able to demonstrate the ways in which they allocate savings and investment within the economy. be conversant with basic concepts of finance theory. Understand the mechanism of trading financial securities in capital markets identify competing theories of demand for money and money supply determination. outline the various theories of interest rate and exchange rate determination. be aware of developments in UK banking and financial markets. B Intellectual Skills: evaluate the functions and performance of banks and other financial intermediaries by examination of their involvement in such things as deposit creation, risk reduction and portfolio management. undertake financial analysis of, for example, various asset prices, and portfolio risk and return. Evaluate the use of information in trading securities in capital markets differentiate between competing theories of demand for money and to interpret the empirical evidence relating to these theories. Page 128 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes synthesis of competing theories of money supply determination and to outline and assess the problems involved in monetary control. compare and contrast divergent theories of how interest rates are determined. C Discipline Specific Skills: Understand the implications of limit order and market order driven trades in securities trading. Use understanding of the workings and theories of monetary and financial systems to assess and evaluate various policy options. Apply competing theories of money demand and money supply determination to economic and financial data and information. Identify the role of interest rate theory in the formulation of current economic policy. Evaluate the theories of market efficiency in light of current empirical evidence. Summarise information on banks and other financial intermediaries in light of theories on capital and money markets. D Transferable Skills: communicate ideas and principles by written and oral means. develop numerical and problem solving skills exercise information gathering and handling skills show reasoning with empirical evaluation and logical reasoning. Ability to conduct securities trading as a day trader. How the module will be delivered Teaching will take place in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There will be approximately 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes including 4 hours trading practice in the trading room. The module covers 10 topics, with each topic consisting of approximately 3 hours of lectures plus a one hour class. For each topic, students are provided with detailed lecture plans which include the aim of the relevant lectures, a structured outline of what will be covered along with a detailed reading list for each topic. The purpose of lectures is to cover the main points and structure of the topic, cover new material, aid in improving student learning and provide guidance to further research on the topic. For each class, students will be given specific questions, which must be prepared and brought along for discussion. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Formal Assessment: Autumn Semester Examination ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 129 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook This consists of a short question exam relating to financial markets, portfolio theory and investment. This assessment focuses on subject specific skills and problem solving skills. Assignment The assignment will be a written report based on a securities trading exercise conducted in the autumn semester. Summer examination The summer examination will be will be based on the lectures in the second half of the first semester and all of the second semester. The topics will be about the structure of financial markets, banking and credit markets, interest rates, the demand for money and monetary policy. Informal assessment: Informal assessment is provided through class exercises. Classes consist of a wide variety of questions/problems, based on lecture material, but requiring further research and reading. They may consist of numerical questions, written definitions, short essays, data response, and data collection in order to mirror the diversity of the final examination. In order to provide an indicator of knowledge and comprehension, students are informally assessed by use of short ‘quizzes’ at the start of a number of lectures. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Autumn Semester 25 exam (autumn) Duration(hrs) Week 1 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 50 assignment (spring) 2 hrs N/A Written Assessment 11 25 assignment (autumn) N/A Syllabus content Introduction to Finance and Portfolio Theory; CAPM; Market Efficiency; Rational expectations and the role of information in securities markets. Securities markets trading. The characteristics and functions of Money; The role and functions of Financial Intermediaries; Capital Markets & Valuation of Assets; Money Markets & the role of banks; Banks’ balance sheets and the risks and risk management of banks; The Demand for Money and Implications for Macro Models; Theory of Monetary Exchange and the Supply of Money; Theory of Monetary Policy; Determination of Interest Rates; Essential Reading and Resource List The core text for this module is: Page 130 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Frederic S. Mishkin (2004), “The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial Markets”, 7th Edition, Addison Wesley. Howells and Bains (2008), The economics of money, banking and finance a European text, 4th ed., Prentice Hall/Financial Times. Background Reading and Resource List Detailed reading lists are given out with each topic. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 131 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2560 - Managerial Economics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2560 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Annette Roberts Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Managerial Economics module examines a series of specific decision problems facing managers in modern firms and other institutions. These problems include the appropriate use of economic information to inform strategic and policy decisions, decision-making under conditions of uncertainty, the management of risk, and then the use of price and non-price decisions as strategic options. The module aims to enhance some of the skills and materials obtained in the year 2 Microeconomic Theory module and will provide support for year 3 modules in Industrial Economics, Modern Business Enterprise, and Business Applications. The module develops scientific decision frameworks and evaluation techniques to help solve a range of managerial problems, and explores the practical limitations of applying economic logic to business decision-making. The module aims to develop, through teaching and learning, subject-specific and transferable skills, including technical, analytical and research skills. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: students will understand the key strategic economic problems facing modern business firms and institutions and be able to apply economic principles to a range of long term and short term decision problems. recognise the potential and limits of economic principles as an aid to managerial decision-making and in analysis of strategic decisions. B. Intellectual Skills: analytical skills: Students are expected to apply logical analysis to economic problems. evaluative skills: Be able to accurately classify decision problems, and apply appropriate methods in seeking solutions to problems facing managers. C. Discipline Specific Skills: appreciate the usefulness and limitations of economic theory to decisionmaking. Page 132 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes recognise the significance of limitations and constraints on decision-makers in the firm, and to develop methods to deal with these problems in decisionmaking. accurately report solutions to decision-making problems, highlighting key data, assumptions and environmental contexts. D. Transferable Skills: work individually, setting goals and developing ideas. problem solve using a range of quantitative methodologies. develop logical and concise solutions to specific decision-type problems. respond accurately to questioning on researched topic areas. organise and analyse data on defined topics. use a variety of information and technology resources, including electronic data sources and the internet. How the module will be delivered Teaching occurs in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There are approximately 44 hours of contact comprising 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. Lectures provide students with an outline of the course material. Students are encouraged to read around the module topics through a series of key reading from core texts, and with supporting information from satellite texts. Classes concentrate on set numerical and essay style problems allied to the core lecture material. Students prepare answers to problems, deliver brief presentations of solutions, and participate in class discussions. Classes explore particular decision situations in more detail. Class questions typically require a mix of qualitative and qualitative solutions. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The essay-style assignment will examine students understanding of key concepts and theories in Managerial Economics and will test their ability to relate these to a relevant example or case. The assignment will be submitted during the early part of the Spring Semester and should be no longer than 2,000 words. The examination at the end of the Spring Semester is based on material covered in both Semesters. Students will have to answer four questions from a possible eight. There are a range of question types, including essay questions and multi-part quantitative/discussion mix questions. Students will demonstrate that they understand the theoretical foundations of the module, provide critiques of ideas and methodologies where necessary, and be able to apply logical, scientific approaches to decision-making in a range of decision situations. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 133 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 80 managerial economics 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 3 20 essay N/A Syllabus content An introduction to Managerial Economics. This includes an outline of the nature of business decisions and the contribution of economic methods, the Decision-Analytic Approach and its limitations, and strategies to cope with an unknown future using decision theory. How do businesses use economic information? This includes business forecasting, methods and analytical cases, use of economic models and inputoutput analysis. Pricing techniques and analysis.Topics include pricing and the competitive environment, pricing in practice, strategies in pricing and entry and exit decisions. How do firms make investment decisions in the presence of uncertainty? This includes cost of capital estimation, Modigliani and Miller ideas, financing of investments and capital structure optimisation. Estimating and using cost information in a competitive environment. Included are topics such as relevant costs for decision-making, cost estimation techniques, including statistical analysis, survivor analysis, engineering cost techniques and learning curves. Industry analysis. Using industry data to support business decisions; key sector analysis, strategic analysis of firms. Location decisions as strategic economic choices. Topics include spatial competition, agglomeration economies, increasing returns, central place theory, industrial districts, and analysis of competition through geographical space. Contracting, governance and organisational form. Included are introductory issues in determining the scope of firm operations, and decisions to outsource activity. Government regulation. This includes an introduction to regulatory issues and examples and cases of firms’ responses to regulation. Bidding and auction design. This topic explores various types of auctions, optimal bidding strategies for buyers, the winner’s curse, and optimal auction design. Background Reading and Resource List J. R. McGuigan, R. Moyer, and F. H. Harris, Economics for Managers, 12th Edition (South-Western, Cengage Learning 2012) H.C. Petersen and W.C. Lewis, Managerial Economics, 4th Edition (Prentice-Hall International 1999) Page 134 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D. Besanko, D. Dranove, M. Shanley, S. Schaefer, Economics of Strategy, 6th Edition, (Wiley, 2013) J. A. Brinkley, C. W. Smith and J. L. Zimmerman, Managerial Economics and Organizational Architecture, 5TH Edition, (McGraw-Hill, 2009) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 135 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2570 - Introductory Econometrics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2570 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Mr Zhirong Ou Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Introductory Econometrics module introduces students to the main empirical techniques used by economists. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: understand the relationship between economic theory and econometrics. understand the basic techniques of statistical inference as used in empirical investigation. understand the issues which arise in applying these techniques in an economic context. B Intellectual Skills: be able to express theoretical propositions in a testable form. be able to assess competing theories on the basis of empirical evidence. C Discipline Specific Skills: be able to formulate, estimate and test a regression equation. be able to use econometric software to carry out estimation and testing. D Transferable Skills: be able to collect, record, display and analyse numerical data How the module will be delivered There are about 40 hours of lectures and 16 hours of classes. Indicative study hours: 200 Page 136 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 60 spring exam Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A Examination - Autumn Semester 20 autumn exam 1 hrs N/A Written Assessment 8 20 coursework N/A Syllabus content Descriptive Statistics. Probability and Random Variables. Discrete and Continuous Probability Distributions, Principles of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing. The Simple Regression Model, The Multiple Regression Model. Prediction, Dummy Variables, Test of Specification and Misspecification, Heteroscedasticity, Autocorrelation. Essential Reading and Resource List R Carter Hill, W E Griffiths, G G Judge, “Principles of Econometrics” (3rd edition), Wiley 2008 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 137 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS2582 - Operations Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS2582 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Mr Wessam Abouarghoub Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module aims to provide students with a number of operational management techniques that can be applied to real world problems and stimulate an appreciation of the use of different types of operations management approaches to solving problems. The module gives students a broad foundation in operations management and will enable students to apply the relevant operations management technique to appropriate situations. It will also enable students to understand operational management performance and draw conclusions from them. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: Understand the context and assumptions behind the application of various operational management techniques. Demonstrate their ability to solve problems using Operations Management techniques. B. Intellectual Skills: Develop and present a balanced, considered, professional argument of the strengths and weaknesses of operations management techniques. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Relate the strategic aspects of operations management to actual “how it is done” activities Demonstrate their ability to solve problems using Operations Management techniques. Recognise common barriers to operational improvement activities and how they can be overcome. D. Transferable Skills: Develop skills to aid problem solving. How the module will be delivered A series of 18 two-hour lectures is given in the Autumn and Spring semesters. Page 138 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Students attend 8 hours of tutorials across the two semesters where carefully selected worked examples, case studies, exercises and management activities are used to reinforce some of the lecture topics. How the module will be assessed The topics on which students are assessed relate to key aspects of the syllabus and are intended to be problem-solving in nature. The examination is in two sections with questions related to both semesters. Answers will be in the form of essays, numerical solutions and diagrammatical representations. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 operations management 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 4 40 coursework - project work N/A Syllabus content A Historical Perspective of Operations Management. As an introduction to the module the major contributions to OM are outlined and the role of operations managers is considered. Strategy development. Linkage of operations with corporate and marketing strategies. Performance objectives and order winners & market qualifiers. The Production Function. Types of Business Operation. ‘Job’ shops, batch production, continuous production. Location and layout design. Quality and Reliability. Major contributions from quality gurus are outlined. . Process Improvement. Approaches to Business Process Improvement are introduced; E.g. Lean and Six Sigma. Visual management and mapping techniques are considered. Managing Inventory Some aspects of inventory control. Costs of inventory; ordering, holding and stock-outs. Dependent and independent demand. Production Planning Techniques. A review of basic planning methods is taken. Forecasting. The major elements of simple forecasting techniques are covered with both statistical and judgmental approaches. Project Management. The use of activity networks is considered for project management. New product introduction. The development and introduction of new products and services. Issues in the research and development process. Service Industry Considerations. Consider the role of service operations, Why are services different? Specifying the service package. Complexity and standardisation of services. Degree of contact with the customer. Managing demand for services. Essential Reading and Resource List Jones, P. & Robinson, P. (2012) Operations Management, Oxford University Press. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 139 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Slack et al., (2010) Operations Management, 6th Edition, Pearson Background Reading and Resource List Further lists will be provided Page 140 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2701 - Vocational Skills II School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2701 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Mrs Sylvie Beresford Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to further develop students’ language skills in French in the context of current affairs of the French-speaking countries. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate knowledge of higher level grammar and syntax by producing written work in French which is centred around current affairs from French speaking countries, demonstrate capacity to express oneself orally with accuracy and appropriateness when discussing and analysing current affairs issues from French speaking countries. demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics linked to current affairs in French speaking countries giving a structured and reasoned argument, demonstrate their ability to communicate in written French by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills, demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from authentic French sources. make effective use of Frenchreference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Transferable Skills: to be responsive to the discipline of working with others as part of a group, to understand and reflect upon different cultures and societies, to communicate ideas and arguments effectively. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 141 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops. Topics will be supported by French video/audio tapes and readings from magazines on current affairs. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Examination component - 30% One 1-hour examination at the end of the Spring semester Continuous assessment - 70% Aural test (30 minutes) 20% Oral test (20 minutes) 30% Coursework – 2 pieces 20% Submission dates: Week 8 of the Autumn semester Week 8 of the Spring semester Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 30 Written Assessment vocational skills ii (french) Duration(hrs) Period Week 1 hrs 1 N/A 20 coursework N/A 1 8 Written Assessment 20 aural N/A 1 N/A Written Assessment 30 oral N/A 1 N/A Syllabus content France and the world (politics, history); the French Press (to include analysis and discussion of authentic reports/TV programmes from France); environmental issues; tourism and the French at work. Grammatical issues will be revised as appropriate. Essential Reading and Resource List French for Business, 5th edition, M Bower & L Barbarin, Hodder & Stoughton, 2002 (units 10-13) Background Reading and Resource List Access to a selection of French newspapers and magazines Page 142 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2702 - Business Language School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2702 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Mrs Genevieve Kinnafick Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with a sound knowledge of French business systems together with a range of advanced business language skills. This module will prepare for the Diplôme de français professional affaires B2 from Paris Chamber of Commerce and Industry. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate an ability, both in written and oral forms, to communicate at an advanced level on a range of business topics and situations by completing oral and written assignments, show knowledge/understanding of French business systems by completing oral and written assignments, take (optionally) the Paris Chamber of Commerce and Industry examination (DFP B2). demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics business related within the framework of a structured and reasoned argument, demonstrate their ability to communicate in writing by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills, demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from spoken sources, make effective use of language reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and flexibly with others as part of a team, ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 143 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook show effective use of mediating skills and qualities of empathy. How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops during which students will broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of Business language. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 50 business language (french) 2 hrs N/A Written Assessment 25 coursework N/A 9 Written Assessment 25 oral N/A N/A Syllabus content The subjects covered will be Banking, business organisations, sales and negotiations, accountancy, transports, insurance, marketing, import-export, taxes, general economy. Background Reading and Resource List Le Nouveau French for Business, 4th edition, Le Goff C., Paris:Didier, 2000. Le français de l’entreprise, M. Danilo, B. Tauzin, CLE International, 1990. Le français de la communication, M. Danilo, JL Penfornis, CLE International, 1993. Manual of business French, S. Williams, N. McAndrew-Cazorla, Routledge, 1996. French for marketing, RE. Batchelor, M. Chebli-Saadi, Cambridge University Press, 1997. L’Express (weekly magazine) Le Monde, Le Figaro (daily newspapers) Access to a selection of French newspapers and magazines: Page 144 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2703 - Oral Comprehension & Expression School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2703 Number of Credits 10 Level L5 Module Leader Mrs Nadia Swanwick Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with the necessary oral and aural study skills for their year abroad. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C integrate information provided in taught sessions and private study, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D understand the nature, purpose and content of authentic recorded documents from television channels or other media communications from the French speaking countries by participating in various forms of listening comprehension tasks including note-taking techniques, demonstrate their ability to discuss competently selected topics in a vocational context with advanced accuracy in grammar and syntax. demonstrate their ability to express themselves fluently and maintain a lengthy conversation in French on a wide range of topics, apply idiomatic and colloquial phrases appropriately, demonstrate their aptitude to understand spoken French to near native speed. Transferable Skills: to communicate ideas and arguments effectively in oral form, to be responsive to the discipline of working with others as part of a group, to understand and reflect upon different cultures and societies. How the module will be delivered There will be 24 hours of language workshops. This module focuses on oral comprehension and expression and various forms of oral participation will be used to ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 145 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook encourage students to speak French. A variety of authentic supports will be used to develop their understanding of spoken French. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed Continuous assessment 100% Oral test (20 minutes) 50% Aural test (45 minutes) 50% Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 50 oral comprehension & expression (french) N/A N/A Written Assessment 50 aural comprehension & expression (french) N/A N/A Syllabus content Multimedia materials selected from the following will be used to stimulate discussion: TF1, France 2, France 3, Arte, TV5, Internet, France-Inter, Europe 1. Essential Reading and Resource List Students are advised to regularly listen to French radio and watch French television if possible. Additionally, it is suggested that they listen to and work with various supports such as some of the recordings in the following periodicals:- Authentik, Champs Elysées and Outre-Manche. Background Reading and Resource List Students are advised to regularly listen to French radio and watch French television if possible. Additionally, it is suggested that they listen to and work with various supports such as some of the recordings in the following periodicals:- Authentik, Champs Elysées and Outre-Manche. Page 146 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2704 - Business Correspondence School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2704 Number of Credits 10 Level L5 Module Leader Mrs Genevieve Kinnafick Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to refine students’ accuracy and flexibility in written expression in a business context. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C read and comprehend business correspondence and respond accordingly solve problems by developing appropriate responses in certain business situations. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate knowledge of various forms of business correspondence by writing appropriate documents in given business situations, demonstrate written skills in writing business correspondence in a given business situation with accuracy and appropriateness. apply business vocabulary and idioms appropriately when dealing with French business correspondence, apply correct grammatical structures when writing French business letters understand written and oral information communicated via the phone and act accordingly. Transferable Skills: understand various aspects of the French business world, apply effectively for jobs in French speaking countries. How the module will be delivered There will be 24 hours of language workshops during which students will acquire different techniques of written communication. Indicative study hours: 80 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 147 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed Examination component 70% One 1 hour examination at the end of the Autumn semester Continuous assessment 30% One written assignment to be submitted in week 7 of the Autumn Semester Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Autumn Semester 70 Written Assessment 30 assignment business correspondence (french) Duration(hrs) Week 1 hrs N/A N/A 7 Syllabus content Business letters, memos, e-mails, faxes, note-taking, telephone skills, job advertisements and written applications. Essential Reading and Resource List Le Français De La Communication Professionnelle, M Danilo, S L Penfornis, CLE International, 1993 Page 148 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2711 - Vocational Language Skills II School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2711 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Luzia Dominguez Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to further develop students’ language skills in Spanish in the context of current affairs of the Spanish-speaking countries. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources. engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate knowledge of higher level grammar and syntax by producing written work in Spanish which is centred around current affairs from Spanish speaking countries. demonstrate capacity to express yourself with accuracy and appropriateness when discussing and analysing current affairs issues from Spanish speaking countries. demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics linked to current affairs in Spanish speaking countries giving a structured and reasoned argument. demonstrate their ability to communicate in written Spanish by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills. demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from authentic Spanish sources. make effective use of Spanish reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Transferable Skills: to be responsive to the discipline of working with others as part of a group. to understand and reflect upon different cultures and societies. to communicate ideas and arguments effectively. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 149 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops. Topics will be supported by Spanish video/audio tapes and readings from magazines on current affairs. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 30 Written Assessment vocational language skills ii (spanish) Duration(hrs) Week 1 hrs N/A 20 Coursework N/A 8 Written Assessment 20 Aural (30 mins) N/A N/A Written Assessment 30 Oral (20 mins) N/A N/A Syllabus content The course will cover information and discussion about current affairs in Spanish speaking countries with a particular emphasis on economic aspects. Topics will be based on authentic broadcasts from radio/TV and selected articles from the Spanish press. A revision of advanced grammatical points will also be included. Essential Reading and Resource List Butt J/Benjamin C, 1988, A new Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish, Edward Arnold Background Reading and Resource List Journals: Muy Interesante Puerto del Sol, The Spanish Language Audiomagazine Access to a selection of Spanish newspapers and magazines: www.cardiff.ac.uk/learn/languages/spanish Page 150 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2712 - Business Language School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2712 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Mrs Cristina Fatmi Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with a sound knowledge of Spanish business systems together with a range of advanced business language skills. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B demonstrate an ability, both in written and oral forms, to communicate at an advanced level on a range of business topics and situations by completing oral and written assignments, show knowledge/understanding of Spanish business systems by completing oral and written assignments. Intellectual Skills: C extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics business related within the framework of a structured and reasoned argument, demonstrate their ability to communicate in writing by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills, demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from spoken sources, make effective use of language reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and flexibly with others as part of a team, show effective use of mediating skills and qualities of empathy. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 151 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops during which students will broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of Business language. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Examination component - 50% One 2 hour examination at the end of the Spring semester Continuous assessment - 50% One written assignment 25% - (to be submitted in week 9 of Spring Semester) Oral examination 25% Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 50 Written Assessment Written Assessment business language (spanish) Duration(hrs) Week 2 hrs N/A 25 coursework assignment N/A 9 25 oral N/A N/A Syllabus content The subjects covered will be: The Market Place; Human Resource Management; Marketing & Publicity; Sales and Negotiations; Import-Export; Commerce & Industry; Business Organisations; Banking-Stock Exchange; Tourism. Essential Reading and Resource List Textbook: Temas de Empresa, Edinumen, 2008 Background Reading and Resource List 1993, Dictionary of Business, English-Spanish, Spanish-English, Peter Collin Publishing Perez Roman C/Michel Ferrie F, 1993, Introduction to Business Translation. A Handbook of English-Spanish Contrastive Linguistics, S.A. Gorman M/Henson ML, 1995, Spanish Business Situations, Routledge Page 152 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2713 - Oral Comprehension and Expression School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2713 Number of Credits 10 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Luzia Dominguez Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with the necessary oral and aural study skills for their year abroad. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C integrate information provided in taught sessions and private study, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D understand the nature, purpose and content of authentic recorded documents from television channels or other media communications from the Spanish speaking countries by participating in various forms of listening comprehension tasks including note-taking techniques. demonstrate their ability to discuss competently selected topics in a vocational context with advanced accuracy in grammar and syntax. demonstrate their ability to express themselves fluently and maintain a lengthy conversation in French on a wide range of topics, apply idiomatic and colloquial phrases appropriately, demonstrate their aptitude to understand spoken Spanish to near native speed. Transferable Skills: to communicate ideas and arguments effectively in oral form, to be responsive to the discipline of working with others as part of a group, to understand and reflect upon different cultures and societies. How the module will be delivered There will be 24 hours of language workshops. This module focuses on oral comprehension and expression and various forms of oral participation will be used to ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 153 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook encourage students to speak Spanish. A variety of authentic supports will be used to develop their understanding of spoken Spanish. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed Continuous assessment 100% Oral test (20 minutes) 50% Aural test (45 minutes) 50% Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 50 oral comprehension & expression (spanish) N/A N/A Written Assessment 50 aural comprehension & expression (spanish) N/A N/A Syllabus content Multimedia materials selected from Spanish Radio and TV-programmes will stimulate discussions on a selection of topics. Essential Reading and Resource List Students are advised to regularly listen to Spanish radio and watch Spanish television if possible. Background Reading and Resource List Additionally, it is suggested that they listen to and work with various supports such as some of the recordings in the following periodicals: - Authentik, Puerto del Sol Page 154 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2714 - Business Correspondence School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2714 Number of Credits 10 Level L5 Module Leader Dr Luzia Dominguez Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to refine students’ accuracy and flexibility in written expression in a business context. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B demonstrate knowledge of various forms of business correspondence by writing appropriate documents in given business situations. demonstrate written skills in writing business correspondence in a given business situation with accuracy and appropriateness. Intellectual Skills: C read and comprehend business correspondence and respond accordingly. solve problems by developing appropriate responses in certain business situations. Discipline Specific Skills: D apply business vocabulary and idioms appropriately when dealing with Spanish business correspondence. apply correct grammatical structures when writing Spanish business letters. understand written and oral information communicated via the phone and act accordingly. Transferable Skills: understand various aspects of the Spanish business world. apply effectively for jobs in Spanish speaking countries. How the module will be delivered There will be 24 hours of language workshops during which students will acquire different techniques of written communication. Indicative study hours: 80 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 155 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed Examination component - 70% One 1 hour examination at the end of the Autumn semester Continuous assessment - 30% One written assignment to be submitted in week 12 of the Autumn Semester Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Autumn Semester 70 Written Assessment 30 assignment business correspondence (spanish) Duration(hrs) Week 1 hrs N/A N/A 12 Syllabus content Business letters, memos, e-mails, faxes, note-taking, telephone skills, job advertisements and written applications. Background Reading and Resource List 1993, Dictionary of Business English-Spanish Spanish-English, Peter Collin Publishing Gorman M/Henson M, 1997, Spanish/English Business Glossary, Routledge Paine M, 1993, Spanish Commercial Correspondence, Harrap’s Language Library Gomez de Enterria J, 1990, Correspondencia Comercial en Espanol, SGEL Page 156 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2721 - Vocational Language Skills II School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2721 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Ms Bettina Kantelhardt Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to further develop students’ language skills in German in the context of current affairs of the German-speaking countries. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources. engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate knowledge of higher level grammar and syntax by producing written work in German which is centred around current affairs from German speaking countries. demonstrate capacity to express yourself with accuracy and appropriateness when discussing and analysing current affairs issues from German speaking countries. demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics linked to current affairs in German speaking countries giving a structured and reasoned argument. demonstrate their ability to communicate in written German by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills. demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from authentic German sources. make effective use of German reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Transferable Skills: to be responsive to the discipline of working with others as part of a group. to understand and reflect upon different cultures and societies. to communicate ideas and arguments effectively. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 157 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops. Topics will be supported by German video/audio tapes and readings from magazines on current affairs. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 30 Written Assessment vocational language skills ii (german) Duration(hrs) Week 1 hrs N/A 20 aural N/A N/A Written Assessment 30 oral N/A N/A Written Assessment 20 coursework N/A 8 Syllabus content The course will cover information and discussion about current affairs in German speaking countries with a particular emphasis on economic aspects. Topics will be based on authentic broadcasts from radio/TV and selected articles from the German press. A revision of advanced grammatical points will also be included. Background Reading and Resource List Tebbutt S, 2001, Klaro! A practical guide to German grammar, Arnold Fehringer C, 2002, German Grammar in Context, Arnold Dreyer Schmitt, 1985, Lehr und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik, Verlag für Deutsch Hill J et al, Aspekte deutscher Gegenwart, Texte und Übungen, Advance Materials 1999 Schauins Land, The German Language Audiomagazine Access to a selection of German newspapers and magazines: www.cardiff.ac.uk/learn/languages/german Page 158 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2722 - Business Language School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2722 Number of Credits 20 Level L5 Module Leader Ms Bettina Kantelhardt Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with a sound knowledge of German business systems together with a range of advanced business language skills. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D demonstrate an ability, both in written and oral forms, to communicate at an advanced level on a range of business topics and situations by completing oral and written assignments, show knowledge/understanding of German business systems by completing oral and written assignments. demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics business related within the framework of a structured and reasoned argument, demonstrate their ability to communicate in writing by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills, demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from spoken sources, make effective use of language reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and flexibly with others as part of a team, show effective use of mediating skills and qualities of empathy. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 159 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops during which students will broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of Business language. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 50 Written Assessment Written Assessment Duration(hrs) Week business language (german) 2 hrs N/A 25 assignment N/A 9 25 oral N/A N/A Syllabus content The subjects covered will be business organisations, sales and negotiations, transports, insurance, marketing, import-export, general economy, company legal structure. Essential Reading and Resource List Textbook: Wirtschaftsdeutsch Von A Z, 1995, Langenscheidt Background Reading and Resource List Collins German Dictionary, 5th Edition 2004 Hamblock/Wessels, Cornelsen 1994, Wörterbuch Wirtschaftsenglisch. Business Magazines: Die Wirtschaftswoche (Germany) Der Trend (Austria) Renner Sachs, 1987, Economic Terminology, Hueber Page 160 of 314 Cardiff University Deutsch-Englisch, Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2723 - Oral Comprehension & Expression School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2723 Number of Credits 10 Level L5 Module Leader Ms Helga Eckart Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with the necessary oral and aural study skills for their year abroad. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C integrate information provided in taught sessions and private study. engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D understand the nature, purpose and content of authentic recorded documents from television channels or other media communications from the German speaking countries by participating in various forms of listening comprehension tasks including note-taking techniques. demonstrate their ability to discuss competently selected topics in a vocational context with advanced accuracy in grammar and syntax. demonstrate their ability to express themselves fluently and maintain a lengthy conversation in German on a wide range of topics. apply idiomatic and colloquial phrases appropriately. demonstrate their aptitude to understand spoken German to near native speed. Transferable Skills: to communicate ideas and arguments effectively in oral form. to be responsive to the discipline of working with others as part of a group. to understand and reflect upon different cultures and societies. How the module will be delivered There will be 24 hours of language workshops. This module focuses on oral comprehension and expression and various forms of oral participation will be used to ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 161 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook encourage students to speak German. A variety of authentic supports will be used to develop their understanding of spoken German. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed Continuous assessment Oral test (20 minutes) 100% 50% Aural test (45 minutes) 50% Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 50 oral comprehension & expression N/A N/A Written Assessment 50 aural comprehension & expression N/A N/A Syllabus content Multimedia materials selected from the following will be used to stimulate discussion: ARD, ZDF, NTV, www.dradio.de Essential Reading and Resource List Students are advised to regularly listen to German radio and watch German television if possible. Background Reading and Resource List Additionally, it is suggested that they listen to and work with various supports such as some of the recordings in the following periodicals: - Authentik, Schau ins Land. Page 162 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes ML2724 - Business Correspondence School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML2724 Number of Credits 10 Level L5 Module Leader Ms Juliana Nau Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to refine students’ accuracy and flexibility in written expression in a business context. On completion of the module a student should be able t o A Knowledge and Understanding: B demonstrate knowledge of various forms of business correspondence by writing appropriate documents in given business situations. demonstrate written skills in writing business correspondence in a given business situation with accuracy and appropriateness. Intellectual Skills: C read and comprehend business correspondence and respond accordingly. solve problems by developing appropriate responses in certain business situations. Discipline Specific Skills: D apply business vocabulary and idioms appropriately when dealing with German business correspondence. apply correct grammatical structures when writing German business letters. understand written and oral information communicated via the phone and act accordingly. Transferable Skills: understand various aspects of the German business world. How the module will be delivered There will be 24 hours of language workshops during which students will acquire different techniques of written communication. Indicative study hours: 80 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 163 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed Examination component 70% One 1 hour examination at the end of the Autumn semester Continuous assessment 30% One written assignment to be submitted in week 12 of the Autumn Semester Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Autumn Semester 70 Written Assessment 30 assignment business correspondence (german) Duration(hrs) Week 1 hrs N/A N/A N/A Syllabus content Business letters, memos, e-mails, faxes, note-taking, telephone skills. Background Reading and Resource List Paine M, 1991, German Commercial Correspondence, Harrap’s Language Library Hartley P, 1996, Manual of Business German, Routledge Renner Sachs, 1987, Economic Terminology, Hueber Collins German Dictionary, 5th Edition 2004 DUDEN, 1987, Briefe gut und richtig schreiben, Dudenverlag Sachs R, 2001, Deutsche Handelskorrepondenz. Der Schriftwechsel in Export und Import, Neubearbeitung, Hueber Langenscheidts Musterbriefe, 100 Briefe Deutsch, 1992, Langenscheidt Hering A/Matussek M, 1996, Geschäftskommunikation, Schreiben und Telefonieren, Hueber Schmitz W/Schreiner D, 1983, Ihr Schreiben vom … Geschäftliche und private Briefe im Baukastensystem, Verlag für Deutsch Page 164 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes INTERCALARY YEAR MODULE DESCRIPTION (in order of module code) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 165 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS4009 - Intercalary Study Programme in Europe School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS4009 Number of Credits 120 Level L5 Module Leader Mrs Rosemary Smith Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This module enables students to live in France, Germany, Spain or Switzerland, and to study at one of Cardiff Business School’s partner institutions in that country. It gives students the opportunity to move their French, German or Spanish language to an advanced stage; to gain academic knowledge in French, German or Spanish relevant to their area of study; and to gain experience of daily life in France, Germany, Spain or Switzerland. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C Speak and read French, German or Spanish with improved facility Live and function effectively in a European country where that language is spoken Appreciate and be able to digest information in a variety of forms and languages; Describe and analyse given situations; Compare and contrast known paradigms with those newly encountered. Discipline Specific skills: To understand and actively use key terms and phrases related to business, economics, accounting etc in French, German or Spanish; To produce written academic work in that language; To present academic work orally in that language; To participate in group work conducted in that language. D Transferable skills To live and function in another country Independently to observe and appreciate cultures and daily society To carry out independent study and to further develop self study techniques Page 166 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes How the module will be delivered Students select modules at the host institution. The modules will relate to the student’s degree subject, and will be taught and assessed in the language of that country (not English). The choice of modules must include one language module (ie the language of the student’s degree). The methods of teaching and learning will be as specified by the host institution. The choice of modules must be agreed by Cardiff Business School at the start of the study period. The modules selected must total 40 European credits (ECTs). Independent study will be expected. Indicative study hours: 1200 How the module will be assessed The modules must be assessed in the language of that country (not English). Module assessment may include written examinations, written assignments, individual or group presentations, case studies, and other methods of assessment as prescribed by the host institution. The result obtained at the host institution will be converted to the Cardiff Business School equivalent. Resit assessment – subject to approval by the Cardiff Business School Examining Board - will be required in the event of failure to achieve 40 ECTs Assessment Breakdown Type Written Assessment % Title Duration(hrs) Period Week Intercalary Study Programme In 100 N/A 1 N/A Europe Syllabus content The content will be selected by the student and must be approved by Cardiff Business School, and the host institution. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 167 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS4011 - ICAEW Placement School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS4011 Number of Credits 120 Level L5 Module Leader Mr John Wylie Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to provide the opportunity for eligible students to gain work experience and develop skills in a professional accountancy firm or a business environment during the third year of study. The placement will be treated as the first year of a chartered accountancy training agreement, thus offering students the opportunity to commence preparation for the Associate Chartered Accountant (ACA) qualification while studying for their degree. To provide the opportunity for eligible students to gain work experience and develop skills in a professional accountancy firm or a business environment during the third year of study. The placement will be treated as the first year of a chartered accountancy training agreement, thus offering students the opportunity to commence preparation for the Associate Chartered Accountant (ACA) qualification while studying for their degree. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding Apply principles, practices and theories learned in the first two years of the degree programme to professional accounting Display technical and functional expertise in accounting Apply technical knowledge to real-life situations Comprehend the operation of the regulatory framework within which accounting is practiced Understand the nature of the accounting profession B Intellectual Skills: Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation Exercise powers of inquiry and logical thinking to solve problems Ability to manipulate financial, other numerical and qualitative data Research, synthesise and evaluate accounting information Present quantitative and qualitative information, together with analysis, critical argument, and commentary, in a form appropriate to a professional audience Use communications and information technology in acquiring, analysing, and communicating information in the accounting workplace Page 168 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes C Discipline Specific Skills: Application of Knowledge; Application of Theories/Models; Problem solving Deploy the range of practical and professional skills required of an accountant Exercise ethical awareness and work in a manner consistent with standards of professional conduct Display enhanced business awareness Exercise professional judgement D Transferable Skills: Application of number; Information handling; Personal Development; Teamworking; Reasoning; Decision-making Present ideas effectively orally, visually and in writing Display organisational skills, particularly in relation to managing time and working to deadlines Exercise initiative and self reliance Work independently and in teams Appreciate alternative viewpoints Exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills Critically assess and take responsibility for personal development How the module will be delivered As prescribed by the ICAEW and employing firm for first year ACA students. How the module will be assessed Summative assessment will comprise the satisfactory completion of the placement year, as measured by the opinion of the Qualified Person Responsible for Training in the placement firm and: Submission of a Written Report - Critical Reflection on the Placement Year (70% weighting) An Oral Presentation on the Placement (30% weighting) Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Period Week Written Assessment 100 Icaew Placement N/A 1 N/A Syllabus content The module represents the placement year for students on the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales Undergraduate Partnership Programme. Eligible students gain work experience and develop skills in a professional accountancy firm or a business environment during the third year of undergraduate study. The placement comprises the first year of a chartered accountancy training agreement. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 169 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Essential Reading and Resource List As prescribed by the ICAEW and employing firm for first year ACA students. Background Reading and Resource List As prescribed by the ICAEW and employing firm for first year ACA students. Page 170 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes YEAR THREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 171 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook N400 BSc Accounting AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the discipline of accounting. The theory, concepts, principles and techniques of the core subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the closely related subject areas of auditing, taxation and other specialist topics chosen from a range of permitted option modules, are covered in depth. The close relationship between accounting and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students' academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for a successful career in accounting and business. YEAR 3 – REQUIREMENTS Three compulsory double modules BS3502 Business Finance BS3517 Management Accounting and Control BS3521 Advanced Corporate Reporting Plus Modules from one of the following groups Group 1 Three single modules per semester Autumn 3 Single Modules from BS3503 Development of Accounting BS3506 International Accounting BS3520 Analysis of Financial Reporting Information Spring 3 Single Modules from BS3612 Public Sector Accounting BS3614 Corporate Governance and Accountability BS3618 The Accounting Profession *Continued on next page* Page 172 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Group 2 One Double Module BS3522 Dissertation Two single modules per semester Autumn BS3503 Development of Accounting Spring BS3614 BS3506 BS3520 BS3612 BS3618 International Accounting Analysis of Financial Reporting Information ©2014 Cardiff Business School Corporate Governance and Accountability Public Sector Accounting The Accounting Profession Page 173 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook N490 BSc Accounting and Finance AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME The overall aim of the programme is to provide students with a thorough understanding of the discipline of accounting and finance. At the same time it seeks to enable students to select for study particular aspects of these and cognate disciplines that suit their own individual interests and requirements within a framework of ensuring that the totality of modules followed represents a coherent learning experience. The close relationship between accounting and finance and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students’ academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for successful careers in accounting, finance and business. Appropriate skills training and use are both embedded within the modules taken and, where necessary, provided as additional components. Within these skills, it is intended that the programme of study meets, and exceeds, the requirements of the Accounting Benchmark Statement issued by the QAA and fulfils the exemption requirements of professional accounting bodies. YEAR 3 – REQUIREMENTS Four compulsory double modules BS3502 Business Finance BS3514 International Corporate Finance BS3517 Management Accounting and Control BS3521 Advanced Corporate Reporting Plus One Compulsory Single Module per Semester Autumn Semester Spring Semester BS3515 Financial Derivatives BS3615 Security Analysis & Portfolio Management *Continued on next page* Page 174 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Plus either one double module BS3522 Dissertation Or one single module per semester Autumn Semester 1 single module from BS3503 Development of Accounting BS3506 International Accounting Spring Semester 1 single module from BS3612 Public Sector Accounting BS3614 BS3519 Exploratory Data Analysis BS3618 BS3520 Analysis of Financial Reporting Information BS3619 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Corporate Governance & Accountability The Accounting Profession Modelling in Management Science Page 175 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook N410 BSc Accounting with French N4R2 BSc Accounting with German N4R4 BSc Accounting with Spanish AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing the student with a thorough understanding of the discipline of accounting together with near native competence in a specified European language and a sound knowledge of the culture and institutions of the country of the language. The theory, concepts, principles and techniques of the core subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance are covered in depth. The close relationship between accounting and the disciplines of economics, law and management is emphasised throughout the programme. The degree programme is organised to develop students' academic and technical skills and to provide the breadth of understanding that is an essential requisite for a successful career in accounting and business with particular reference to Europe. YEAR 4 – REQUIREMENTS (3 compulsory double modules) BS3502 Business Finance BS3521 Advanced Corporate Reporting BS3517 Management Accounting and Control Plus either two single modules per semester Autumn Semester Spring Semester 2 Single Modules from 2 Single Modules from BS3503 Development of BS3612 Public Sector Accounting Accounting BS3506 International Accounting BS3614 Corporate Governance and Accountability BS3520 Analysis of Financial BS3618 The Accounting Profession Reporting Information *Continued on next page* Page 176 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Or one double module BS3522 Dissertation Plus one single module per semester Autumn 1 single module from BS3503 Development of Accounting BS3506 International Accounting BS3520 Spring 1 single module from BS3612 Public Sector Accounting BS3614 Corporate Governance & Accountability BS3618 The Accounting Profession Analysis of Financial Reporting Information and one of the following Routes ROUTE 1 – FRENCH ML3701 Language Skills for Professionals (Fren) ROUTE 2 – GERMAN ML3721 Language Skills for Professionals (Germ) ROUTE 3 – SPANISH ML3711 Language Skills for Professionals (Span) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 177 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook LN14 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Economics AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and economics. This will be achieved by covering in depth the core accounting subject areas of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance. Also, through the use of module groups in economics in the second and third years, the programme has the aim of permitting students to choose the additional subjects they would prefer to study and examine in depth. YEAR 3 – REQUIREMENTS Three compulsory double modules BS3502 Business Finance BS3517 Management Accounting and Control BS3521 Advanced Corporate Reporting Plus modules from one of the following groups Group 1 Three double modules from BS3554 Financial Economics BS3555 International Finance BS3571 Economics of Banking Group 2 Three double modules from BS3547 Business Applications BS3561 Modern Business Enterprise BS3570 Applied Macroeconomics & Finance BS3572 Industrial Economics *Continued on next page* Page 178 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Group 3 Both BS3565 Macroeconomic Analysis BS3566 Microeconomic Analysis and one double module from BS3551 Econometrics BS3556 International Economic History BS3558 Labour Economics BS3568 International Trade BS3573 The Economics of Development REQUIREMENTS Students who studied BS2551 Money, Banking and Finance must select modules from Group 1 Students who studied BS2560 Managerial Economics must select modules from Group 2 Students who studied BS2549 Macroeconomic Theory must select modules from Group 3 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 179 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook NN24 BSc (Econ) Accounting and Management AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the disciplines of accounting and management. This will be achieved by covering in depth the core accounting subjects of financial accounting, management accounting and business finance and the core management subject area of business policy. Also, through the use of optional modules in management in the second and third years, the programme has the aim of permitting students to choose the additional subjects they would prefer to study and examine in depth. YEAR 3 – REQUIREMENTS Four compulsory double modules BS3502 Business Finance BS3517 Management Accounting and Control BS3521 Advanced Corporate Reporting BS3543 Strategic Management And two double modules from BS3538 Work & Employment BS3725 Advertising & Marketing Communications Management BS3728 Ethics & Morality of Business BS3735 Organisational Analysis & Change BS3740 International Human Resource Management BS3741 Marketing Decision Making BS3744 International Business Page 180 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes NN23 BSc Finance and Management AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME This degree programme is aimed at providing a thorough understanding of the theoretical and applied aspects of the disciplines of business management and finance. It seeks to provide students with a knowledge and understanding of those areas of business, management, finance and quantitative techniques, which are necessary for a proper understanding of management and finance and to place management and finance in their broader organisational and professional contexts. It provides a combination of theoretical ideas and practical techniques which gives a thorough grounding for a variety of careers in management and finance, in business generally, and in other fields. YEAR 3 REQUIREMENTS Three compulsory double modules BS3502 Business Finance BS3514 International Corporate Finance BS3543 Strategic Management One compulsory double module in the Autumn Semester Autumn Semester Spring Semester BS3515 Financial Derivatives BS3615 Security Analysis & Portfolio Management Plus two double modules from BS3725 Advertising & Marketing Communications Management BS3728 Ethics & Morality of Business BS3735 Organisational Analysis and Change BS3739 Advanced Operations Management BS3740 International Human Resource Management BS3741 Marketing Decision Making BS3742 Services and Relational Marketing ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 181 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook YEAR THREE MODULE DESCRIPTIONS (in order of module code) Page 182 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3502 - Business Finance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3502 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Mr Roydon Roberts Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to build on the knowledge of finance acquired in previous modules, in particular BS2502, by introducing students to further areas of the underlying theory and practice of finance. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the efficient markets hypothesis and its implications for investors on the stock exchange and for firms’ investment and financing decisions. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, option pricing theory and its implications for firms’ investment and financing decisions. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the theory and practice of capital structure decisions. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, different types of leases and the underlying theory of lease or buy decisions. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the theory and practice of corporate dividend decisions. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the theory and practice of working capital management and treasury management. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the motives, methods and consequences of corporate merger activity. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, a range of other corporate restructuring practices. show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate, the causes of corporate failure and quantitative and qualitative failure prediction models. Intellectual Skills: synthesise and evaluate primary and secondary data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data and to apply statistical concepts at an appropriate level. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 183 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook C Discipline Specific Skills: D exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. sustain a critical argument in writing. price options and apply option pricing models to corporate financing and investment decisions. apply appropriate techniques to evaluate lease or buy decisions. apply a range of inventory management, credit management and cash management models. apply a range of techniques for the management of interest rate risk. use a variety of models to value potential takeover targets. apply and interpret corporate failure prediction models based on quantitative and qualitative data. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by oral and written means. exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently. appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills. access and utilise information in a variety of research resources both traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases). How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled component of the module comprises approximately thirty two lectures and twelve classes. The lecture programme, which is supported by detailed handouts, is used to introduce material to students, to direct them (through the use of recommended reading and web sites included in the handouts) to sources which will enable them, during the private study time they devote to the module (one hundred and fifty six hours), to increase their knowledge and understanding of that material, and to empower them to attempt the problems which are set for classes. Classes are closely integrated to the lecture programme and are designed to enable students to apply the material covered in that programme to solve problems and to discuss and evaluate those solutions and the theories underlying them. Students are supported throughout the module through private consultation with the module coordinator. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Formal assessment is by means of one and one half hour examination at the end of the autumn semester and one three hour examination at the end of the spring semester. Page 184 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes The examination papers are designed to enable students to demonstrate their intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation. Both papers include questions of two types: first, problem questions requiring students to use the theoretical and technical material from the module to solve problems and to evaluate their solutions; second, essay questions designed to enable students to demonstrate their understanding of the theoretical and technical material covered on the module. Informal assessment is provided through the class problems (for which solutions are provided) which enable students to self assess the extent to which they are meeting the module learning outcomes. In addition the module coordinator is available throughout the module to answer queries and discuss progress with students. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 business finance 1.5 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 business finance 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content The efficient markets hypothesis; option pricing, capital structure and the cost of capital; the lease or buy decision; dividend policy and corporate value. Working capital and treasury management, mergers and take-overs, company restructuring; financial failure; small company finance. Essential Reading and Resource List Arnold, G. C., Corporate Financial Management, 5th Edition, FT Pitman 2012 Brealey, R A, Myers, S C, Principles of Corporate Finance, 11th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2013 Pike, R and Neale, B, Corporate Finance and Investment, 7th Edition, FT Prentice Hall, 2012 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 185 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3503 - Development of Accounting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3503 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Professor John Edwards Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module This single module aims to provide students with an understanding of key aspects in the development of accounting practices, personnel and institutions. The module introduces students to major episodes in the development of the financial reporting practices used today and the continuously evolving nature of the discipline of accounting. The module therefore provides students with an awareness of the nature, potential and limitations of modern accounting based on a study of selected episodes in its historical development. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C that accounting practices, theories and institutions have changed over the years in response to the priorities of different groups in society and to changing environmental conditions. show that they understand the process of accounting change and why accounting practices, theories and institutions exist in their present form. show they possess the capacity to identify and search for relevant information. demonstrate the ability to evaluate and interpret written material. gather information and construct a narrative around it. Discipline Specific Skills: identify and explain the nature, uses and limitations of the study of accounting history. demonstrate an understanding of the success, or otherwise, of proposals put forward for reforming financial reporting practices to take account of changes in the value of money. demonstrate understanding of the nature of different systems of record keeping and be able to evaluate views concerning their impact on economic development within a capitalist economy. explain and analyse the differential effects of the market, regulatory bodies and environmental factors on the development of financial reporting practices. Page 186 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D display comprehension of the nature and purpose of the capital maintenance rule and its interrelationship with the calculation of distributable profit. demonstrate through discussion and analysis of relevant case law and causescélèbrethe significance of underlying conflict between the goals of preparers and users of accounting reports. explain why and describe how the rate of accounting change varies in time and place to accommodate changing environmental and organisational circumstances. account for the rise of the professional accountant as business manager and discriminate between the various routes through which (s)he has transferred skills from public practice to industry and commerce. Transferable Skills: show capacity for independent learning demonstrate the development of communication skills and the ability to present quantitative and qualitative data work in groups, and oral and written presentation skills How the module will be delivered The formal timetable components of this single module comprise 17 hours of lectures and 5 hours of classes. The development of accounting module is intended to stimulate students to think about the way in which the discipline of accounting has emerged and become transformed into its present state. Students are therefore provided with both basic and more demanding reading material for each topic so as to enable the development of the potential of students with inevitably different levels of ability. For classes, a distinctive learning environment is employed that involves the following: assignments are circulated at the start of the module; three ‘mini’ topics are identified for coverage at each class; each class is divided into three groups that are each allocated one of the three topics; identified reading material enables group members to prepare their topic prior to the class; the first ten minutes of the class is available for students to organise themselves into their groups, to choose a chairperson and to compare notes; each group then has approximately six minutes for its presentation which is made by the chairperson or, if they consider it appropriate, two or three members of the group; there follows a discussion. The purpose of this format is to help students develop a range of expertise that includes independent preparation of material, teamwork, and presentational skills. This approach I have developed proves to be an effective way of ‘breaking the ice’ and achieving fuller student participation in class activities. At the end of each module, students are supplied with ‘revision packs’ for self-testing during the exam preparation period. These contain, in the main, questions from past examinations together with suggested solution outlines. The course is based on research undertaken by the module tutor whose publications feature prominently in the recommended reading for the course, including the main text listed under ‘indicative reading’. Indicative study hours: 100 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 187 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed The examination paper consists of six questions of which three are to be attempted. These are designed to cover the outcomes for the module and to test the development of knowledge over the module period. Questions set are designed to test students’ basic knowledge of accounting’s development and to be able to analyse the causes of accounting change, the possible implications of accounting change and to place their analyses within appropriate explanatory frameworks. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 100 development of accounting 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content The nature and uses of accounting history. Record keeping systems and their economic significance. The development of asset valuation and profit measurement procedures. Management bias and the manipulation of accounting data. The regulation of company accounts. The influence of the market and pressure groups on financial reporting practice. Creditor protection: the capital maintenance rule, dividend cases and divisible profit. The increasing involvement of the professional accountant in business management. Background Reading and Resource List Chatfield, M. (1977) A History of Accounting Thought, New York: Robert E. Krieger Publishing Co., chapter 7. Edwards, J. R. (1989) A History of Financial Accounting, London: Routledge. [main text] Edwards, J. R. and Walker, S. P. (eds) (2008) Routledge Companion to Accounting History. London: Routledge Hopwood, A. G. (1987) ‘The archaeology of accounting systems’, Accounting, Organizations and Society, pp. 207-34. Matthews, D., Anderson, M., and Edwards, J. R. (1998) The Priesthood of Industry. The Rise of the Professional Accountant in British Management, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 58-78. Page 188 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3506 - International Accounting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3506 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Jason Xiao Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to expose students to a variety of international issues so that they will be able to evaluate and assess UK financial reporting in a wider context. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C synthesise and evaluate secondary data exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. sustain a critical argument in writing. Discipline Specific Skills: D show a knowledge and understanding of the divergent forces which cause international differences; be aware of different accounting practices in different countries; understand the problems faced by multinational corporations; understand the issues relating to regional and international harmonisation. critically evaluate the divergent forces which cause international differences; compare and contrast different accounting practices in different countries; develop a critical understanding of selected problems faced by multinational corporations; critically evaluate progress towards regional and international harmonisation. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by written means exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently appreciate alternative viewpoints access and utilise information in a variety of research resources both traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases). ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 189 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 17 hours of lectures and 5 hours of seminars (including group presentations). However, as students need to attain a broad knowledge of international accounting issues, an effective teaching strategy and learning support structure is imperative. Detailed handouts and a structured reading list are given to students in order to encourage the completion of tutorial questions, which build upon the material covered in lectures. Student support is given through the formal contact of 5 hours seminars, informally through private consultation with the lecturer and also through e-mail student – lecturer contact. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination will test student’s knowledge, understanding and analytical skills. In particular, this third year course will aim to test the student’s ability to put forward reasoned, analytically evidence-based arguments. Assessment Breakdow n Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 100 international accounting 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content Accounting and its international environment; financial reporting worldwide focusing in particular on selected countries of the developed and developing world; selected international issues; regional harmonisation; international standardisation; financial reporting by multinationals; classification of accounting systems. Essential Reading and Resource List C.W. Nobes and R.H. Parker, Comparative International Accounting, Prentice Hall International. Roberts, C., Weetman, P. and Gordon, P., International Financial Accounting, Financial Times/Pitman. Choi, F. D. & www.JASPlus.com Meek, G., International Accounting, Prentice Hall. Background Reading and Resource List Alexander, D. and Archer, S. (2000), On the myth of “Anglo-Saxon” financial accounting, The International Journal of Accounting, 35(4): 539-557. Page 190 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Haller, A and Linz, J. (2002) “Financial accounting developments in the European Union: past events and future prospects”, European Accounting Review, Vol. 11, No. 1. Nobes, C. W. (1998), “Towards a General Model of the Reasons for International Differences in Financial Reporting”, Abacus, Vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 162-187. Schipper, K. (2005), “The introduction of international accounting standards in Europe: implications for international convergence”, European Accounting Review, Vol. 14, No. 1. Whittington, G. (2005), “The adoption of international accounting standards in the European Union”, The European Accounting Review, Vol. 14, No. 1. Zeff, S. (2003), “How the US accounting profession got where it is today”, Accounting Horizons, Vol. 17, No.3. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 191 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3514 - International Corporate Finance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3514 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Konstantinos Tolikas Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to analyze corporate finance issues in a global context by studying the economic, fiscal, currency and political environments in which international companies operate and the methods and techniques they use to manage their operations. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding) Describe and evaluate the different types of currency regimes operating throughout the world. Demonstrate an understanding of the functions of the foreign exchange market. Show a systematic knowledge and understanding of, and critically evaluate the international parity relationships. Evaluate the motives underlying foreign direct investment (FDI) and assess the strategies used to manage the financial risks arising from FDI. Understand the problems introduced by national boundaries in corporate finance and show a systematic understanding of the ways in which international companies may overcome some of these problems. Understand the issues involved in the estimation of the cost of capital for foreign projects. Understand the effects of political risk in international financial decisions and demonstrate knowledge of political risk measurement and management strategies. Define, measure and distinguish between the different types of foreign exchange risk and evaluate the different ways of managing the risks. Evaluate the different motives underpinning foreign exchange risk management. Assess the aims and functions of international financing and cash management. Analyse the relevance of different corporate governance systems to international corporate finance. B. Intellectual Skills Collect, synthesise and evaluate primary and secondary data. Page 192 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data and to apply statistical and economic concepts at an appropriate level. Exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. Undertake independent research and reading. Sustain a critical argument in writing. C. Discipline Specific Skills Use the international parity relationships to assist in forecasting appropriate forward and spot foreign exchange rates. Apply appropriate techniques to evaluate overseas short term and long term investment and financial decisions. Apply appropriate numerical techniques to identify, measure and manage translation exposure, transaction exposure and economic exposure. Assess the role of derivatives in managing foreign exchange risk. Use appropriate information to measure the cost of capital for international companies when international financial markets are involved. D. Transferable Skills Communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by oral and written means. Exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently. Appreciate alternative viewpoints. Exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills. Access and utilise information in a variety of research resources both traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases). How the module will be delivered Teaching takes place throughout the academic year. The formal timetabled components of this module comprise approximately 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. Theoretical concepts and practical problems are introduced in the lectures, along with illustrations. The classes form the basis for students to apply the respective numerical techniques and to discuss the theoretical and practical issues relating to the topics covered. A research-based approach is emphasised by referring students to empirical evaluations of both the theoretical and practical material covered in the lectures. In addition, students are referred to text books written by authors with substantial research experience in the field of international corporate finance; these texts also contain numerous references which students are encouraged to read. Both lectures and classes are designed to provide students with the tools and knowledge to fulfil the requirements for the learning outcomes for this module. Students should develop technical, evaluative, discursive and presentation skills in classes. Indicative study hours: 100 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 193 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed The formal assessment for this module comprises individual coursework and a written examination. The coursework constitutes 30% of the overall mark for the module. There will also be one 3 hour examination at the end of the spring semester, constituting 70% of the overall module mark. The coursework and examination are designed to allow students to demonstrate that they have achieved the learning outcomes established for this module. The coursework will be in the form of an individual essay. Students are required to demonstrate the ability to pursue individual research and to read widely. The report also aims to test analytical and writing skills. The examination paper is designed to enable students to demonstrate their intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation and the extent to which they have met the module learning outcomes. The paper will include questions of two types: first, problem questions requiring students to use the theoretical and technical material from the module to solve problems and to evaluate their solutions; second, essay questions designed to enable students to demonstrate their understanding of the theoretical and discursive material covered on the module. Informal assessment is provided through the class problems (for which solutions are provided) which enable students to self assess the extent to which they are meeting the module learning outcomes. In addition the module coordinator is available at advertised times to answer queries and discuss progress with students. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 70 Written Assessment 30 coursework international corporate finance Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A N/A 12 Syllabus content Introduction to exchange rates and their relevance to multinational companies; currency systems around the world; currency crises; international parity relationships, purchasing power parity (PPP), interest rate parity, international Fisher effect; foreign exchange exposure measurement and management, transaction, translation and economic exposure; motives for hedging currency risk; foreign direct investment (FDI); international working capital management; international investment appraisal; political risk management; international corporate governance. Background Reading and Resource List Shapiro, A., Multinational Financial Management, 9th edition, John Wiley & Sons. Eiteman, D.K., Stonehill, A.I. and Moffett, M.H., Multinational Business Finance, 12th edition, Addison-Wesley. Page 194 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Buckley, A., Multinational Finance, 5th edition, FT Prentice Hall. Copeland, L. S., Exchange Rates and International Finance, 4th edition, FT Prentice Hall. Madura, J. and R. Fox, International Financial Management, Thomson. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 195 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3515 - Financial Derivatives School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3515 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Mr Roydon Roberts Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The Financial Derivatives module is designed to provide students with an understanding of financial derivatives, their valuation and applications, and of the markets on which they are traded. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C show a systematic knowledge of the concepts underlying the analysis of derivative securities. show a systematic knowledge of a range of different types of derivative security including forwards and futures contracts, options and swaps and of the operations of the markets on which they are traded. show a systematic knowledge of, and critically evaluate, pricing models for a range of derivative securities including forwards and futures contracts, options and swaps. show a systematic knowledge of, and critically evaluate, a range of investment strategies using derivatives including arbitrage, hedging and speculation. synthesise and evaluate primary and secondary data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data and to apply statistical concepts at an appropriate level. exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. sustain a critical argument in writing. Discipline Specific Skills: measure and evaluate the returns on, and risks of, different types of derivative security including forwards and futures contracts, options and swaps. price a range of derivative securities including forwards and futures contracts, options and swaps, using a range of appropriate pricing models. apply examples of investment strategies using derivative securities including arbitrage, speculation and hedging strategies. Page 196 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by oral and written means. exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently. appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills. access and utilise information in a variety of research resources both traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases). How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled component of the module comprises approximately sixteen lectures and six classes. The lecture programme, which is supported by detailed handouts, is used to introduce material to students, to direct them (through the use of recommended reading and web sites included in the handouts) to sources which will enable them, during the private study time they devote to the module (seventy eight hours), to increase their knowledge and understanding of that material, and to empower them to attempt the problems which are set for classes. Classes are closely integrated to the lecture programme and are designed to enable students to apply the material covered in that programme to solve problems and to discuss and evaluate those solutions. Students are supported throughout the module through consultation with the module coordinator. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination paper is designed to enable students to demonstrate their intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation and the extent to which they have met the module learning outcomes. Informal assessment is provided through the class problems (for which solutions are provided) which enable students to self assess the extent to which they are meeting the module learning outcomes. In addition the module coordinator is available throughout the module to answer queries and discuss progress with students. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 100 financial derivatives 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content Introduction: the nature of financial derivatives; types of financial derivative; applications of derivatives; basic concepts – market efficiency, arbitrage and fair price. Forwards & Futures: distinction between forwards and futures; futures markets; types of future; pricing futures and forwards; applications of futures and ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 197 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook forwards – speculation and hedging. Options: options markets; types of option; option payoffs and strategies; option valuation; option sensitivities and hedging; applications of options – speculation and hedging. Swaps: swaps markets; types of swap; motives for swaps; pricing swaps; applications of swaps. Other financial derivatives. Background Reading and Resource List Cuthbertson & Nitzsche, Financial Management, Wiley, 2001 Engineering: Derivatives and Risk Hull, Fundamentals of Futures and Options Markets, 8th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2013 Hull, Options, Futures & Other Derivatives, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall International, 2011 Kolb, Futures, Options & Swaps, 5th Edition, Blackwell 2003 Page 198 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3517 - Management Accounting and Control School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3517 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Keith Robson Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to provide specialist accounting students with a level 3 course that builds on and complements previous management accounting courses. The module introduces a number of key issues relating to the role of management accounting in the control of managerial and organizational performance. The module locates management accounting firmly within its organizational context. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B have knowledge and understanding of the concept of management control and the contribution of management accounting to this organizationally based phenomenon have knowledge and understanding of a range of management accounting and control systems have knowledge and understanding of key features of management accounting control systems design and implementation have knowledge and understanding of developments in management accounting and control, including concepts such as beliefs systems, interactive control systems and the balanced scorecard have knowledge and understanding of enduring issues in management accounting and control, including budgeting, capital budgeting, responsibility accounting, pricing, and transfer pricing have knowledge and understanding of the impact of organizational design on management accounting control systems have knowledge and understanding of various concepts and theories informing the analysis of management accounting control systems Intellectual Skills: capacity to identify relevant data and theoretical approaches application of discursive and numerical analysis skills use of theoretical models to critique existing systems critical analysis capabilities ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 199 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook C Discipline Specific Skills: D be able to identify relevant management accounting control issues in a range of situations be able to apply techniques to enable management accounting to contribute to organizational strategy be able to apply a range of theoretical models to identify potential solutions to practical management accounting problems Transferable Skills: ability to use theory to perform critical analysis ability to develop reasoned arguments based on existing knowledge ability to apply conceptual and numerical analysis in a problem solving context ability to communicate complex ideas with clarity How the module will be delivered Teaching is through approximately 36 lectures and 8 seminar classes. Lectures present the theory behind topics and will discuss the interplay between theory and practice. Classes reinforce this material through discussion of theoretical aspects and more extensive case illustrations. Class assignments are distributed in advance of tutorials and the questions set are expected to be prepared by students prior to the class. Lectures incorporate appropriate research that is expected to be referred to in class discussions. Indicative study hours: 200 (based on School norm) How the module will be assessed Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of management accounting and control systems in the examination. This will also allow them to demonstrate their critical appreciation of the topics. Use of theoretical models will be demonstrated in both the examination and coursework components. Discipline specific skills will be demonstrated in all aspects of assessment. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 30 coursework N/A 8 Examination - Spring Semester 70 3 hrs N/A management accounting and control Syllabus content The notion of management control; The role of management accounting in management control; The development of management accounting; Accounting Page 200 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes implications of organisational design; Motivational implications of management accounting and control systems; Developments in management accounting and management control, including activity based cost management, cost based decision making, the notion of beliefs systems and interactive control systems, and the balanced scorecard; Control issues in centralised and decentralised operations; The theory and practice of the pricing of transfers between divisions; Issues in performance appraisal including agency and behavioural approaches; Organisational and behavioural insights into management accounting control systems; Strategic management accounting approaches. Essential Reading and Resource List The reading for BS3517 is journal based. Background Reading and Resource List Topic by topic reading lists will be distributed in advance of lectures. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 201 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3519 - Exploratory Data Analysis School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3519 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Peter Morgan Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA) is a framework for analyzing data to seek hypotheses worthy of testing. It complements the tools of conventional statistics for testing hypotheses. In the era of ‘Big Data’, the existence of vast quantities of data of all types, and our capacity to create even more, pose a severe challenge to managers, accountants and statisticians alike. Hence there is a need for data reduction or data mining methods which will cope with high dimensional data, large numbers of cases and/or a variety of data types. Data now occurs in many forms – text, images (static and moving), sound, numbers, etc. and conventional methods may not cope very well with these more unusual forms of data. This module is designed to give students experience in both new and established techniques for EDA. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C Understand the scope and challenges of the modern data environment and newer methods of data exploration, acquisition and creation. Develop an understanding of a range of analysis tools for data which may have qualitative or quantitative variables or a mixture of both. Discuss the need for new techniques to cope with data sets which are extensive in terms of number of cases and/or variables. Use these analysis tools to develop and test hypotheses about the data and the data generating process Critically evaluate the suitability of a given technique to a particular analytical situation Discipline Specific (including practical) Skills: Use a variety of software tools and appreciate the criteria for their use in a varied selection of data analysis situations Page 202 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: Acquire the ability to use a variety of standard software packages Practise analytical problem solving skills through data analysis Develop reporting skills through maintaining an electronic journal How the module will be delivered The teaching will be based around a series of guided workshop and tutorial activities interspersed with inputs in the form of lectures on core topics. The pattern will be set around 11 lectures and 5 fortnightly workshops interleaved with 5 software tutorial sessions based around, for example, case-studies including the use of software such as Excel together with Open Source software packages such as R, GGobi, Gauguin and Mondrian. Each student will keep a data analysis journal completed in the IT lab sessions, some of which will be submitted in electronic form as part of their module assessment. An invited lecturer will also provide some input on industrial practice in this area. Indicative study hours - 100 How the module will be assessed There will be an examination which will include examples of software output of the type used by students in the tutorial sessions. The production of a dataset analysis journal by individual students will concentrate on the material and datasets that they cover in the computer laboratory sessions. This will evidence their progress and include analysis of data unique to the individual student. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 50 exploratory data analysis 2 hrs N/A Written Assessment 12 50 data analysis journal N/A Syllabus content Theoretical Content 1. Introduction – types of data and the information content of data – levels of measurement The concept of Knowledge Discovery – Data Mining and Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA) 2. The concept of perspective – viewpoint, foreground ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 203 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Background and data and dimensional reduction The histogram and allied plots as prototypical data analysis tools for univariate data 3. Extensions to 2 and 3 dimensions Simple visualization tools – scatter plots, matrix scatter plots, brushing, and 3-D scatter plot Coping with nominal, ordinal and mixed data 4. High dimensional data Plotting methods for ‘high-D’ data Outliers, clusters, nonlinearity and distance measures Perspective and data reduction revisited - Projection methods 5. Cluster analysis 6. Analysis of textual and nominal data. Mosaic plots 7. Regression and time series methods – examination of residuals for model refinement 8. Acquiring and verifying large data sets and the missing data problem 9. Commonly-used multivariate methods - including Multidimensional Scaling (MDS) - from a software user’s perspective and including a discussion of the scope and pitfalls of such methods 10. Validating models Practical and Software Content 1. Input and creation of data through such media as the WWW, Data Reformatting, Table and Data handling aspects of spreadsheet, word processor and database programs 2. Univariate and Bivariate analyses using simple charting techniques on a standard dataset and testing the results 3. Examining data through data visualization methods implemented in Ggobi – exploring a variety of plotting methods including matrix scatter plots, parallel coordinate plots and the use of brushing to link plots and highlight clusters and outliers 4. Using cluster analysis techniques on a standard dataset with statistical validation (using external variables, etc.) 5. Analysis of textual and qualitative data using such software as Mondrian and R 6. Use of a variety of multivariate software tools such as Minitab and Excel and Open Source software applications and environments such as R, GGobi, Gaugion and Mondrian 7. Exposition of some standard data sets. Background Reading and Resource List John W. Tukey, (1977) ‘Exploratory Data Analysis’ Addison-Wesley Page 204 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Brian S. Everitt, Sabine Landau, and Morven Leese (2001) ‘Cluster Analysis’, Hodder Arnold Usama M. Fayyad, Georges G. Grinstein and Andreas Wierse, (2001) ‘Information Visualization in Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery’, Morgan Kaufmann William G. Jacoby (1998) ‘Statistical Graphics for Visualizing Multivariate Data’, Sage Publications Unwin, A., Theus, M. and Hoffman, H. (2006) ‘The Graphics of Large Data Sets: Visualizing Million’, Springer-Verlag, NY(http://stats.math.uni-augsburg.de/GOLD/) http://www.ggobi.org/ A powerful Open Source software tool for Data Visualization ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 205 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3520 - Analysis of Financial Reporting Information School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3520 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Richard Baylis Semester Autumn Semester Outline Description of Module The module aims to enable students to use and evaluate financial statements in company investment appraisal and understand the relationship between financial reporting and market-based information. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding) B Show a systematic knowledge of how financial reporting information can be used in fundamental valuation models. Show a systematic knowledge of the empirical research into the relationship between financial reporting data and stock market data. Distinguish between operating and financing items in financial reporting information. Discuss how financial reporting information can be used in the analysis of credit risk. Understand how to assess the quality of financial reporting information. Discuss the implications of the efficient markets hypothesis for the analysis of financial reporting information. Intellectual Skills C Synthesise and evaluate primary and secondary data. Solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data and to apply statistical concepts at an appropriate level. Exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. Sustain a critical argument in writing Discipline Specific Skills Evaluate and apply financial ratios to assess company performance. Use various types of financial reporting information as inputs to fundamental accounting valuation models. Apply corporate failure prediction models using financial reporting data. Page 206 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills Communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by oral and written means. Exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently. Appreciate alternative viewpoints. Exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills. Access and analyse information using a variety of research resources both traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. statistical programs and databases). How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled component of the module comprises approximately eighteen lectures and four classes. The lecture programme, which is supported by detailed handouts, is used to introduce material to students, to direct them (through the use of recommended reading and web sites included in the handouts) to sources which will enable them, during the private study time they devote to the module (fifty eight hours), to increase their knowledge and understanding of that material, and to empower them to attempt the problems which are set for classes. Classes are closely integrated to the lecture programme and are designed to enable students to apply the material covered in that programme to solve problems and to discuss and evaluate those solutions. In order to get the most out of classes, it is essential that students should attempt to work the questions set for each class before that class takes place so that they may contribute fully to any discussion of the issues raised by those questions. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination paper is designed to enable students to demonstrate their intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation and the extent to which they have met the module learning outcomes. The paper will include questions of two types: first, problem questions requiring students to use the theoretical and technical material from the module to solve problems and to evaluate their solutions; second, essay questions designed to enable students to demonstrate their understanding of the theoretical, technical and empirical material covered on the module. Informal assessment is provided through the class problems (for which solutions are provided) which enable students to self-assess the extent to which they are meeting the module learning outcomes. In addition the module coordinator is available at advertised times throughout the module to answer queries and discuss progress with students. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 100 Autumn Exam 2 hrs ©2014 Cardiff Business School N/A Page 207 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Syllabus content Assumptions and limitations of financial ratio analysis. Prediction models and financial reporting information. Company valuation with financial reporting information. Financial reporting information and stock market data. Distinction between operating and financial items. Reformulation of financial statements. Assessing the quality of financial reporting information. Analysis of qualitative financial reporting data. Essential Reading and Resource List Penman, S.H. (2004) Financial th Valuation (4 edition), McGraw Hill. Statement Barker, R. (2001) Determining Value FT Prentice Hall. Page 208 of 314 Cardiff University Analysis and Security Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3521 - Advanced Corporate Reporting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3521 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Richard Baylis Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to present a critical review of major developments in the theory and practice of financial accounting. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B identify holding companies, associated companies, joint ventures, subsidiary companies and simple investments; display knowledge of different theoretical and practical conventions for the preparation of financial statements and the effect on income measurement of the application of each convention demonstrate familiarity with the system for setting accounting standards and understand how the process influences the regulatory outcomes. comprehend the fundamentals of professional ethics be aware of current issues in financial reporting Intellectual Skills: C identify and search for relevant information systematically obtain, verify and retrieve information from a variety of sources analyse and draw reasoned conclusion from a set of data Discipline Specific Skills: gather and construct financial information and build a narrative around it; account for holding companies, associated companies, joint ventures, subsidiary companies and simple investments, including the preparation of group accounts; describe and implement the consequences of corporate evolution as reflected in accounting statements: formation; reconstruction and liquidation; examine and critically evaluate current topics in financial accounting and reporting; prepare accounts that comply with their requirements of selected accounting standards, analyse alternative accounting policies and critically examine the standard setters’ preferred treatments; ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 209 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D identify, compare and contrast the application of various capital maintenance concepts to financial reporting; demonstrate a theoretical and practical understanding of: uniform system of cash flow reporting; accounting for price level changes; foreign currency transactions and translation. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by written examination exercise initiative, self-reliance and time management skills and work independently appreciate alternative viewpoints exercise numeracy, problem-solving and IT skills access and utilise information in a variety of research resources both traditional and IT How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. However, as students need to assimilate an advanced knowledge of financial accounting and possess proficiency in the application of this knowledge to a range of questions, an effective teaching strategy and learning support structure is imperative. Detailed handouts and a structured reading list are given to students in order to encourage the completion of class questions, which build upon the material covered in lectures. Student support is given through class feedback, revision sessions and e-mail student–lecturer contact. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The purpose of the coursework is to test understanding of key advanced financial accounting concepts and practices. The assignment must be word-processed so therefore tests CIT skills. The examination contains a range of questions designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. It aims to test knowledge and comprehension of topics in the syllabus as well as testing students’ ability to apply such knowledge in particular contexts. Questions require written answers and test students’ development of intellectual, communication, numeric and reasoning skills, as well as subject-specific knowledge. Informal assessment is provided through class questions which stimulate independent learning, develop students’ analytical skills and provide an ongoing mechanism for assessing the extent to which students are meeting the module’s learning outcomes. Student problems are dealt with by the lecturer/tutor in classes or on a one-to one basis and all students are encouraged to submit queries either in the class or afterwards. Page 210 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 30 2000 word assignment N/A 11 Examination - Spring Semester 70 advanced corporate reporting 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content A critical examination of the following aspects of accounting theory and practice: cost or value; the conceptual framework for accounting; creative accounting; the substance over form debate; retirement benefits; foreign currency transactions and translations; uniform system of cash flow reporting. Accounting for company evolution and failure. Accounting for groups of companies; definitions; identification; valuation; goodwill; accounting for associates. Aspects of professional ethics; current issues in financial reporting. Background Reading and Resource List Alfredson, K. et al (2009) Applying International Reporting Standards, Milton: Wylie. Clendon, T. (2009) A Student’s Guide to Group Accounts, Wokingham: Kaplan. Edwards, J. R. (2008) Financial Accounting. ICSA Professional Development Series, 6th edition, London: Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. Elliott, B. and Elliott, J. (2010) Financial Accounting and Reporting, 14th edition, Pearson Education Ltd. Ernst & Young (2006), International GAAP 2007. Generally Accepted Accounting Practice under International Financial Reporting Standards, London: LexisNexis. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 211 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3522 - Dissertation (Accounting) School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3522 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Svetlana Mira Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This module involves the preparation of a dissertation of between 8,000 and 10,000 words on an accounting or finance topic of students’ choice. The module has a taught component, which takes place in the autumn semester, and a research component, which takes place throughout the academic year, to be submitted at the end of the spring semester. The dissertation will typically (though not necessarily) involve an empirical study, chosen with the assistance of the module leader. The taught component covers the main research methods and techniques required to complete the research, along with subjects likely to form the basis for empirical studies, and culminates in the preparation of a proposal for the main dissertation. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and understanding: Apply knowledge and research methods and techniques to develop and test a set of research questions or hypotheses on a particular topic Acquire an understanding of how a major piece of academic research is formulated, organised and written Show an awareness of recent developments in empirical accounting and finance research, such as properties of financial returns, tests of EMH, corporate failure prediction, market-based accounting research and nonfinancial annual report data (e.g. accounting narratives) B. Intellectual skills: Critically evaluate research techniques and methods used in accounting and finance Interpret empirical results and draw inferences based on this information Synthesise and evaluate primary and secondary data Develop problem-solving skills, including the ability to manipulate accounting and financial data Use new and existing evidence to sustain a critical argument in writing Exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis and interpretation in the evaluation of argument and evidence Page 212 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes C. Discipline specific (including practical) skills: Evaluate important academic papers in the empirical finance and accounting literature with particular emphasis on the interpretation, meaning and importance of the empirical results Apply and evaluate qualitative research methods, including basic content and text analysis Show a knowledge and understanding of econometric and statistical techniques applied in the finance and accounting literature Describe and use parametric and non-parametric tests of hypotheses Employ multivariate regression and qualitative methods in accounting and finance research Describe the application of time series and cross sectional data in academic research with the use of appropriate examples D. Transferable skills: Communicate ideas, concepts, principles and theories effectively through oral and written means Exercise initiative, self-motivation and time management skills and work independently Design and conduct independent research using both traditional library-based resources and electronic resources Think in enterprising and original ways and support arguments Collect, organise and analyse data in a systematic way to test conjectures and hypotheses How the module will be delivered The first semester will be taught, while the second will be based on students’ independent learning, with consultation from the module leader and/or supervisor. The taught component will comprise 22 contact hours and include research methods training, discussion of the literature in specific areas of accounting and finance and a session on databases and electronic resources. Subjects taught on the module will be aimed specifically at the students taking it, so it will have a heavy emphasis on application. Students will be offered a choice of approaches, so in addition to numerical/statistical analyses, they will be exposed to qualitative research methods and approaches, such as systematic analysis of text documents and rhetorical analyses. Skills that will be practised and developed In addition to the skills set out as part of the learning outcomes, students will practice and develop a variety of skills. These include: The acquisition and creation of knowledge of the subject of the investigation; employability skills, independently on a subject of their own choosing; question in such a way that it is amenable to specific area selected as the including the ability to work and the ability to formulate a systematic investigation; time ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 213 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook management skills and the ability to reflect on their own development and progress against formal and informal timetables; and presentation skills. How the module will be assessed The learning outcomes will be met through a combination of assessment methods, though the learning outcomes partially reflect the fact that the module is designed to expose students to an array of accounting and finance subjects investigated in a variety of ways and students are expected to investigate in depth a subset of these. The dissertation proposal requires students to choose from the topics they cover in the taught component and to set out the research methods and approaches they will adopt. This will involve students showing an awareness of both the literature in accounting/finance and the research techniques and methods used in creating knowledge in the field. The dissertation itself will require, in addition to these skills, time management and written communication skills, together with the ability to synthesise and evaluate academic research in accounting/finance. The ability to work independently will be a crucial part of this assessment component, even though consultation with the module leader will take place at regular intervals. The ability to use electronic databases and statistical packages (where appropriate) to develop and test hypotheses will also be assessed via the dissertation (for those students selecting a topic of this nature). Oral presentation and communication skills will be assessed via the presentation and students will also learn how to respond to constructive feedback on their preliminary work and to use this to develop their projects. Project Proposal (750-1000 words) – 15% - Submitted in Week 10 (Autumn Semester) Dissertation (8,000-10,000 words) – 75% - Submitted in Week 6 (Spring Semester) Presentation – 10% - Submitted in Week 11 (Spring Semester) The potential for reassessment in this module Given the nature of the assessment, a failure in the module will result in a resubmission and reassessment of the final dissertation. In the event of a failure, guidance will be provided by the module leader/supervisor that should enable students to improve on their initial submission. No option will exist for students to be reassessed on the proposal or the presentation element. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 15 proposal (autumn) N/A 10 Dissertation 75 N/A 11 Presentation 10 presentation (spring) N/A 9 Page 214 of 314 dissertation 8,000-10,000 words (spring) Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Syllabus content The taught component of the module will cover: Research methods in accounting and finance; non-parametric and parametric tests of hypotheses; regression analysis; qualitative methods in accounting and finance; organising and reviewing the literature; efficient markets hypothesis; asset pricing models; market-based accounting research; corporate failure; non-financial accounting information; analysis of non-financial accounting data. Students then choose a topic of their own to investigate based on the knowledge and skills they acquired on the taught component. Essential Reading and Resource List References to individual academic papers will be made as the module progresses. Background Reading and Resource List Learning resources, such as referencing guides and guides for using databases will be made available on Learning Central. In addition to these, the following references will be used: Suanders, M. Lewis, P. Thornhill, A. (2009) ‘Research methods for business students’ London: FT Prentice Hall. Greetham, B. (2009) ‘How to write your undergraduate dissertation’ New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Walliman, N.S.R. (2004) ‘Your undergraduate dissertation: the essential guide to success’ London: SAGE. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 215 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3538 - Work and Employment School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3538 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Sarah Jenkins Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module To develop a critical knowledge and understanding of the changing content, management and experience of work in contemporary industrial society. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the different ways of analysing work skills in the social sciences and evaluate the debate over the changing nature of skill with reference to the knowledge economy. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of emotional labour and its relevance to the contemporary workplace. Display an understanding and ability to critically review debates in sociology about the nature of control and consent within the ‘new’ workplace. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the debate over worker responses to contemporary management practice. Understand the importance of time in the overall experience of work and assess the approaches of management and workforce to working time issues. Assess the importance of workers’ collective representation within the workplace. Assess the components and importance of ‘hidden’ work and its relevance to work in the formal sector. Assess the changing nature of careers in contemporary society. Demonstrate a knowledge and ability to evaluate critically current theories of the future of work. B. Intellectual Skills: Analysis/Synthesis/Evaluation Make use of lectures, tutorials, assignments and independent study to acquire knowledge and understanding of theories and research findings on the changing nature of work in contemporary societies. Develop a critical understanding of theory and debate over the nature, experience and development of work. Develop a capacity to apply social theory to the analysis of work in capitalist societies. Page 216 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes C. Discipline Specific Skills: Develop a knowledge of sociological and management theories of work and their relevance to the analysis of changes in work in contemporary society. Develop a capacity to read, evaluate and synthesise original research of both quantitative and qualitative forms produced by researchers in the field of work sociology. D. Transferable Skills: Develop the ability to interpret research data produced in the social sciences. Develop a capacity to communicate orally through participation in tutorial debate and other exercises Develop a capacity to synthesise research data and write assignments to communicate ideas, knowledge and arguments. Work individually through guided study and make use of lectures, tutorials, reading lists, websites and assignments to develop knowledge of work sociology. Work in groups in problem-solving and other activities within tutorials. Make use of word-processing other software to generate assignments. How the module will be delivered The module is delivered through 32 hours of lectures, delivered over two semesters. The lectures provide a range of theoretical perspectives and practical illustrations relating to themes and debate over the nature of the contemporary workplace. Examples used are drawn from the lecturers’ current research. Students are provided with a list of reading and journal titles relevant to the subject area and are required to undertake self-directed study. The lectures are supported by 12 hours of tutorials. The latter reflect the main themes in the module and are based around carefully selected, appropriate reading. It is a requirement that students prepare for tutorials through reading and debate and discuss themes. There is an emphasis on student participation with tutors acting as facilitators. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Assessment combines an end-of-module examination and an individual written assignment of 3000 words. The examination requires students to answer three questions; one related to work covered in semester one and two related to work covered in semester two. It provides for summative assessment and requires students to display subject relevant knowledge and understanding and the intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis and argument. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 217 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook The individual assignment provides both summative and formative assessment, covering detailed knowledge and understanding of a specific aspect of the module subject matter and intellectual, discipline-specific and transferable skills, including the capacity to gather and interpret research material and present it in a communicable form. The assignment relates to the material delivered in semester one of the module. It requires students to search for and identify relevant research material and demonstrate a critical understanding of theoretical interpretations of the changing nature of work. Formative assessment is provided for through the use of assessment criteria, which are communicated to students and discussed prior to the work being completed. Feedback is provided on a group and individual basis using these same criteria. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 work and employment 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 1 40 essay N/A Syllabus content Syllabus content focuses on contemporary debate and research on the nature of work and employment. Themes include: the meaning of work; content of work, including skills, knowledge work and emotional labour; the organisation of work, including the organisation of working time, the representation of collective interests and the relationship between the formal and informal economy; the management of work, including new forms of control and strategies to elicit consent; responses to work, including survival strategies and resistance; the future of work, including theories of work futures and the changing nature of careers. Essential Reading and Resource List Reading lists are given out with each topic. Background Reading and Resource List Reading lists are given out with each topic. Page 218 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3543 - Strategic Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3543 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Mr Mark Toon Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to develop a deeper understanding among students of how strategy is conceived, developed and implemented in order to generate superior business performance. Internal and external sources of strategic advantage are explored and synthesised to generate an overall picture of effective business strategy. Leading theory is balanced alongside applied examples to create a rounded perspective of how superior business performance is arrived at in the contemporary business environment. On completion of the module a student should be a ble to A. Knowledge and Understanding Display knowledge and understanding of the core strategic management concepts and of their application within contemporary business. B. Intellectual Skills: Analyse key strategy issues and their implications for strategic management and the establishment of advantage. Such issues include identification of positional advantage, understanding sources of core competence, strategy implementation developing and managing learning, and knowledge, strategic alliances, and corporate governance. C. Discipline Specific Skills: To debate the validity of theories based around competitive advantage and understand the implications of the internal and external views of the firm and to recognise the overlap possible across these two perspectives. To examine the trend of collaborative strategies such as strategic alliances and joint ventures as a growth strategy for organisations, exploring current approaches and key success factors. To assess the importance of mergers and acquisitions for companies in today’s dynamic environments and develop awareness of managing the acquisition and merger process. To understand the role of strategy innovation and renewal in maintaining an effective strategy. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 219 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D. Transferable Skills: To assess strategic management concepts and corporate strategies from the perspective of the key themes discussed in the module. Develop analytical skills from case study analysis. Develop group working skills. To debate the validity of theories based around the pursuit of competitive advantage, and to discuss the significance of concerns about the sustainability and responsibility of businesses to their various stakeholders. To apply an understanding of Strategic Management theory to solve practical problems in an industrial context. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled component of the module comprises 44 hours (40 hours lectures and 4 hours seminars) in Semesters 1 and 2, supported by on-line learning resources. Lectures are supported by handouts and students are directed to consolidate and expand their learning through structured reading. This is detailed in the syllabus for each key theme of the module. Journal articles in each subject area are utilised in class to highlight recent developments. The opportunity is also taken in the lectures to use a variety of media such as videos and demonstrations of specific examples of new information technology. Seminars are used to consolidate knowledge on several of the key themes covered in the module via case study analysis. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Formal: Two in-course assignments of 1500 words each. The first essay, based assignment will allow students to apply some of the theory covered in phase one of the module. The second assignment will be of a report style format and will allow the students to demonstrate application of the theory covered across phases one and two using an industrial context. One three-hour examination, where students are required to answer three questions. The examinations contain a range of questions designed to cover all the learning outcomes for the module and to test skill development. Emphasis is placed on testing students’ application of knowledge in particular contexts and their ability to critically assess and synthesise the knowledge obtained from the module as a whole. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 strategic management 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 20 assignment N/A 9 Written Assessment 20 assignment N/A 4 Page 220 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Syllabus content The module addresses key areas of strategy. The external view reflects the position of an organisation in its industry. The internal view covers the internal resources and competencies of the organisation. Each of these two areas contributes to understanding the sources of advantage for an organisation. Mergers and acquisitions introduces the key area of strategy implementation. Corporate governance considers the responsibility of the organisation to its stakeholders and also considers issues of strategic control. Essential Reading and Resource List Strategic Management (2011). Cengage Competitiveness and Globalization. Volberda et al Background Reading and Resource List See associated reading list in syllabus ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 221 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3547 - Business Applications School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3547 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Mr Bruce Webb Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Business Applications module aims to develop the concepts explored in the Managerial Economics module, and make use of the skills acquired in the Empirical Business Economics module to analyse business decisions using spreadsheets. The module extends the economics discipline by showing how the knowledge and skills acquired in core economics areas may be applied to resource allocation problems within the firm. It deals with the structure of business decision making, and how practical applications can be enlightened using theoretical economic perspectives. It develops computerised models for the economic analysis of business decisions and equips students with the principles and techniques of economic, statistical and mathematical analysis as applied to key decision areas in business management. In the process it provides transferable subject-specific and core analytical skills that will be of value to students in their future education and careers. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C apply and assess the ‘modelling’ paradigm to the solution of complex real world problems commonly met in the business environment understand the diagnostic statistics available in statistical packages, and various other attributes for assessing the reliability of forecasts evaluate demand estimations, forecasts and their theoretical bases appreciate the purpose and limitations of national economic and market data and be competent in utilising them for decision models and forecasts describe and apply the main principles and techniques of Business Economics, particularly those which utilise spreadsheets: apply the methodology of economic and financial modelling used in decision making, including investment appraisal, pricing and output analysis which can benefit from quantitative techniques. Discipline Specific Skills: economic and Statistical modelling Page 222 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: computer-model development is fostered in small workshop groups so that students acquire the necessary skills step by step. The material used in these workshops is simplified for pedagogic reasons but the principles studied are widely transferable to a business environment. How the module will be delivered Teaching will be conducted through 22 hours of lectures and 22 one-hour computer workshops. Lectures, which often include demonstrations using modern audio-visual equipment, offer a coherent statement of the syllabus whilst the practical application of the models studied in the computer laboratory offer important re-enforcement and ‘learning by doing’. Regular supervised computer lab workshops in smaller groups enables monitoring of student progress and to ensure the acquisition of the necessary spreadsheet skills and knowledge. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed One 2 hour examination at the end of the Autumn semester based on the syllabus covered in that semester. One 4 hour examination at the end of the Spring semester based on the syllabus of BOTH semesters. Examinations are held in the microcomputer laboratories Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 business applications 2 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 business applications 4 hrs N/A Syllabus content 1. Computer Models of the Firm Profit-maximising monopoly and Baumol's sales-revenue-maximising model. Solutions involving spreadsheet tabulation, backward iteration, and the logical function of Excel ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 223 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook 2. Investment and Finance Discounted cash flow and the NPV, IRR and PMT functions of Excel. Application of DCF to project selection, ranking, rent or buy, capital rationing, and optimal replacement problems. 3. Management Science Application of linear programming to production and transportation; with marketing applications in advertising, media planning and site location analysis. Extensions to the capital rationing problem. 4. Forecasting techniques Definitions, methodologies, qualitative, quantitative, costs and benefits. Development of smoothing techniques: time-series decomposition, simple exponential smoothing and the Holt-Winters triple parameter technique. 5. Revision of basic 2-variable regression model Development of multiple regression as a spreadsheet application. Basic forecasting with the model and its implementation in the spreadsheet. Point and interval forecasts. Sources of forecasting error. 5. Regression methodologies Co-linearity, ARMA, indicators, causal modeling:- e.g. the Stock Adjustment Model. Ex ante and Ex post forecasts. Naïve forecasts. Forecast assessment – accuracy analysis. Using single equation economic models – The policy problem. Using simple simultaneous economic models and their spreadsheet application Gauss-Seidel. 6. Dynamic simultaneous economic models Dynamic modeling in a spreadsheet environment. Application for forecasting, economic modeling and policy decision with 'what-if' analysis. 7. Statistical forecasting strategy. ARMA models – identification, estimation and diagnostic checking in the spreadsheet Essential Reading and Resource List D. Whigham “Quantitative Business Methods Using Excel” Oxford Page 224 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes J.F. Barlow “Excel Models for Business and Operations Management” (3rd ed) Wiley 2005 D. R. Anderson, Sweeney & Williams “Contemporary Business Statistics with Microsoft Excel” Thomson/Southwestern D. R. Anderson, Sweeney & Williams “An Introduction to Management Science quantitative approaches to decision making” Thomson/Southwestern A. H. Kvanli , Pavur & Keeling“Introduction to Business Statistics- a computer integrated data analysis approach” Thomson/Southwestern Background Reading and Resource List Of less direct relevance for the reasons given are: A. Gully "Modelling Economic Systems - a spreadsheet-based approach" International Thomson Press 1996 (uses Quattro Pro) J. Bridge "Managerial Decisions with the Microcomputer" Philip Allan Chs 2, 4, 5 (uses Lotus 1-2-3) The following do not use spreadsheets but discuss some of the topics covered. G. Judge "Quantitative analysis for Economics and Business" Chs 8,9,10 G. Keating "The Production and use of Economic Forecasts" J. Jarrett "Business Forecasting Methods" Blackwell 1987 R. S. Pindyck and D. L. Rubinfeld “Econometric Models and Forecasting” McGrawHill H. Levy and M. Sarnat “Capital Investment and Financing Decisions” Prentice Hall S. Lumby “Investment Appraisal and Financing Decisions” Van Nostrand Reinhold The underlying econometric theory can be found in the text: R C. Hill et. al. “Principles of Econometrics” (3rd ed) Wiley 2008Sections 4.1 (app4A), 6.8, Ch 9, 12, The following are comparatively easy reading and deal with closely related IT and economic data analysis issues. G. Judge “Computing Skills for Economists” Wiley 2000 G. Koop “Analysis of Economic Data” (3rd ed) Wiley 2008 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 225 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3551 - Econometrics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3551 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Guangjie Li Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This double module provides students pursuing the Economics and related schemes with the core techniques used in the analysis of both cross section and time series economic data. Study of the theory is reinforced with instruction in and use of modern econometric software. The aims of this module are firstly to enable students to acquire competence in the use of economic data for the analysis of issues and questions in economics and secondly to develop an awareness of the limitations of such uses. How the module will be delivered Teaching takes place in both the first and second semesters. Lectures and computer lab sessions will take place on a weekly basis with 110 minutes of lecture and 50 minutes of lab session each week. The lectures cover the methodology and techniques aspects of the syllabus whilst the lab sessions provide opportunities for application, discussion and reinforcement of the lecture material as well as giving experience using a ‘state of the art’ econometrics computer package. Lectures are supported with detailed handouts, OHP slides and computer demonstrations where appropriate. Use of the dedicated software offers an appreciation of the advantages and disadvantages of interactive and programming interfaces for econometric research. The lab sessions are supported by offering each student networked access to the specialist econometric software, spreadsheet software for data management, word-processing software for report writing, E-mail for virtual learning environment and the Internet for data sources. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The examination paper is made up of two sections. In the first, a single compulsory question requires the student to write briefly demonstrating their understanding of the meaning and importance of three out of four nominated technical terms at the root of the econometrics syllabus. The second section requires the student to select three questions from those offered to show a deeper understanding of and ability to apply the topics covered in the module. Page 226 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes The continuously assessed component comprises two projects each contributing 20% of the assessment. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 60 econometrics Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 20 project autumn N/A 12 Written Assessment 20 project spring N/A 8 Syllabus content (Sem1) The methodology of econometrics and basic matrix algebra form. Three methods to tackle the linear regression model: least squares, method of moments, maximum likelihood. Large sample statistical theory. Monte Carlo methods. Robust variance estimation. Omitted variable bias and proxy variable. Instrumental variable estimation and generalized method of moments. (Sem2) Linear probability models and limited dependent variable models. Simultaneous equations models. Stationary and trend stationary time series models. Analysis of nonstationary time series and unit root processes. Background Reading and Resource List J.M. Wooldridge “Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach” (4 th Edition) South Western College, Learning, 2008 J.H. Stock and M.W. Watson “Introduction to Econometrics” (2nd edition), 2006 G. S. Maddala, “Introduction to Econometrics” (4th edition) John Wiley & Sons, 2009 G. Koop “Introduction to Econometrics”, 2008, John Wiley & Sons ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 227 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3554 - Financial Economics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3554 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Sheikh Selim Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The role of this module is to apply concepts and techniques learnt in the year 2 Microeconomics Analysis and Money Banking & Finance modules to real world issues affecting financial markets. It provides students with an introduction to financial economics and complements the work they do in the year 3 International Finance module. The aim of the Financial Economics module is to provide students with a broad background to financial economics with the emphasis on financial asset valuation and risk management. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: Understand and learn the microfoundations of and the dynamic general equilibrium approach to financial economics, and in particular, learn the fundamental techniques used in intertemporal financial decision making under uncertainty. Understand and implement the concept of risk and risk management, therefore explain how mean, standard deviation, correlation and distributions play an important role in risk management. value and understand the characteristics of financial assets such as bonds, equities, perpetuities, discuss the assumptions made for each category of assets, discuss the strength and weakness of the valuation approaches. understand utility theory, understand the differences between risk averse, risk neutral and risk loving investors, define and calculate measures of risk understand the different notions of market efficiency, discuss the conflicting empirical evidence available, express their own views and link the notions of market efficiency with the theorems in finance. Understand and learn the applications of three key models of financial economics, namely, the mean variance model, the capital asset pricing model, and the arbitrage pricing model. understand the fundamental nature of derivatives, how they are traded in the market, explain their dramatic growth, develop simple trading strategies, discuss, explain and apply the put-call parity theorem. Page 228 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes B Intellectual Skills: C be able to apply mathematical and financial analysis to finance and risk management. be able to evaluate main financial and risk management issues facing modern firms. Discipline Specific Skills: D be familiar with derivative valuation techniques such as the Black-Scholes equation and the binomial tree approach, value common stock options using the Black-Scholes equation, value American type options using the lattice. be aware of recent derivative disasters, appreciate lessons learnt from such events, understand the notion behind VaR, apply VaR to simple cases. be familiar and competent to research statistical, textual, and internet sources relating to modern financial institutions. be able to analyse the economic basis of financial strategy as it relates to areas such as asset valuation, risk management, financial market strategy. Transferable Skills: be read extensively, and be able to collect, organise and analyse data. be familiar with key IT resources for research purposes and to inform classes and assignment work. be confident in developing individual ideas, setting personal course goals and schedules How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled component of the module is approximately 36 hours of lectures and 12 hours of tutorial classes and trading room workshops. The lecture programme is supported by detailed handouts, problem sets and structured reading (recommended reading is detailed in the handout provided at the beginning of the lecture programme). Class questions attempt to force students to challenge, interpret and understanding the subjects covered. Trading room workshops provide opportunities for students to put into practice what they have learnt in theory. Students are supported throughout the module through the provision of regular surgeries (approximately 15 hours per year), held approximately every week, student lecturer private consultation sessions, revision sessions and email student-lecturer contact. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The exam at the end of the Spring semester contains two sections, with 5 questions in each section. First section contains mainly materials from the Autumn semester and the second section contains materials from the Spring semester. Students have to attempt 6 questions, at least two from each section. All questions carry the same ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 229 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook number of marks. In addition to the exam, students need to submit two assessed course works. The weighting of each assessed component is given in the assessment breakdown table. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 examination (spring) 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 15 essay (autumn) N/A 8 Written Assessment 15 essay (spring) N/A 8 Syllabus content Present value calculations; time value of money; annuities; internal rate of return; valuation of bonds and equities; futures and options, statistics review; general equilibrium approach, intertemporal financial decisions; arbitrage; state-preference approach; contingent claims & arrow securities; risk; optimal portfolio problem; equity premium puzzle; mean variance approach; capital asset pricing model; arbitrage pricing model. Essential Reading and Resource List R.E. Bailey (2005), The Economics of Financial Markets, Cambridge University Press. Yvan Lengwiler (2004), Microfoundations of Financial Economics, Princeton University Press Page 230 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3555 - International Finance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3555 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Michael Arghyrou Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The International Finance module aims to: Describe, discuss and where appropriate perform numerical calculations relevant to, the use of currency derivatives for hedging, speculation and market pricing purposes. Describe and discuss mainstream theories of international macroeconomics, exchange rate determination and market efficiency; and, where appropriate, comment upon their relevance to actual (observed) exchange rate movements. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: understand the characteristics of international financial assets such as currency forward contracts, futures and currency options be familiar with the concepts of risk, risk management, arbitrage and speculation. understand the concepts of hedging and assets replication have a thorough understanding of the main theories of pricing currency derivatives (forward contracts, futures and options). have a thorough understanding of key concepts in exchange rate theory such as purchasing power parity and interest rate parity appreciate the different theories of international macroeconomics and exchange rate determination (and their applications) understand the efficient market hypothesis in the context of the foreign currency market and the main hypotheses explaining deviations from it. B. Intellectual Skills: Apply and evaluate different concepts of exchange rate risk and risk management Analyse and evaluate different theories of international macroeconomics, exchange rate determination and market efficiency. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 231 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook C. Discipline Specific Skills: Apply models of exchange rate risk management to decision making in international finance Compare the effects of monetary and real shocks under different exchange rate regimes Illustrate and compare different theories of international macroeconomics and exchange rate determination Apply the theory of market efficiency, as well as the hypotheses explaining deviations from it, to decision making in international finance. D. Transferable Skills: demonstrate an ability to undertake mathematical analysis of international financial issues develop problem solving skills develop analytical and learning skills through class work exercises interpret real world international finance data How the module will be delivered Teaching will take place in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There will be approximately 36 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. Students will be required to prepare and present class exercises during the year. Students are expected to participate in classes. Class questions based on the material covered in lectures will be distributed to students in advance during lectures. Students will be expected to prepare answers in advance, and will also be expected to explain their answers during the classes. Questions will be asked in a variety of formats, mirroring those that the students can expect in the examinations, and will involve a mixture of theoretical and mathematical questions. These will generally require short answers, and will also involve examining the validity of statements, doing numerical calculations, and also providing a structure for answers to essaytype questions. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The end of semester examination is designed to test students on their understanding of the subjects and theories taught in that semester. More details on the examination will be confirmed in the module's teaching activities. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 70 spring exam Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A Examination - Autumn Semester 30 autumn exam 2 hrs N/A Page 232 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Syllabus content Autumn Semester Spot exchange markets, arbitrage and least cost dealing; forward contracts in perfect markets and imperfect markets; currency futures contracts; introduction to currency options; pricing currency options using the binomial and log-normal model. Spring Semester Exchange rate parity conditions (Uncovered Interest Parity and Purchasing Power Parity); Fundamentals’-based models of the exchange rate and the current account (Mundell-Fleming, the flexible price monetary model, the sticky-price monetary model and the portfolio balance model); Foreign exchange market efficiency. Essential Reading and Resource List Autumn Semester Sercu, P. (2009), International Finance: Theory into Practice, Princeton University Press Spring Semester Copeland, L.S. (2014), Exchange Rates and International Finance, sixth edition, Pearson Education Krugman P.R., Obstfeld M. And Melitz, M. (2014), International Economics: Theory and Policy, tenthn edition, Pearson Education. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 233 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3556 - International Economic History School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3556 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Mr Kevin Stagg Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The role of this optional module is to provide students with the historical background to their studies on other economics courses and to prepare them for post-graduate study in the discipline. The aim of the module is to analyse the historical development of the global economy from the nineteenth-century to the late twentieth century, utilising case studies from such countries as China, India, Japan, USA, Brazil, South Africa and Russia. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: demonstrate a command of the main methodological tools used in the study of economic history make use of the main secondary sources of historical data employed in the subject demonstrate an overall knowledge and understanding of recent international economic history undertake post-graduate study in economic history B. Intellectual Skills: synthesise and evaluate secondary data. solve problems in the historical context. exercise powers of inquiry, logic, critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. sustain a critical argument in writing. C. Discipline Specific Skills: apply theoretical concepts to explain the development of the modern global economy D. Transferable Skills: to be able to seek out from libraries, databases or the Internet data of a statistical or documentary nature relevant to a particular topic of study. Page 234 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes to organise and formulate arguments based on this statistical and documentary data in answer to specific questions. to make oral answers to specific questions and handle questioning from members of the group. write assignments in a structured and well argued fashion. How the module will be delivered Teaching will take place in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There will be approximately 33 hours of lectures and 9 hours of classes. Students are provided with relevant data and other handouts (maps, glossaries, timelines, etc) and are encouraged to take notes during the lecture, and to ask questions while the lecture is in progress. Lecture summaries and powerpoint slides are posted on the internet Learning Central database to download. For each class, students are provided with reading material and a series of questions on a particular topic to which answers will be prepared in advance for discussion. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Formal Assessment: The two assignments each count for 15% of the final mark. The assignments will require a thorough understanding of the topic derived from secondary reading. At this level the students are expected to include in their reading, recent research published in the leading journals. Summer Examination: The examination paper consists of a series of 12 questions with students required to answer 4 of them. The exam is three hours long and is designed to test student’s understanding of underlying concepts, factual knowledge of the subject and the ability to order their thoughts, answer questions directly and relevantly and demonstrate their skill at written presentation. Informal Assessment: Informal assessment is provided through the class programme. Classes consist of a wide variety of questions/problems, based on lecture material but requiring further reading. The class questions are designed to get students to order their material and their own thoughts in order to answer specific questions in a focused and relevant manner. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 235 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 spring exam 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 15 2,000 word essay (autumn) N/A 12 Written Assessment 15 2,000 word essay (spring) 12 N/A Syllabus content The module sets out to describe and explain the economic development of the world economy since the nineteenth-century up to the contemporary period, focusing on developments in Asia, in Russia, Africa and in the Americas, noting distinctions between early and late developing industrial economies. For Asia, topics will include the Great Divergence, along with analysis of developments in India, China, Japan and the ‘four little dragons’ (Hong Kong, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan). A second topic area concerns Imperialism which will be considered from both a European and Japanese perspective. For Russia and the USSR, debates surrounding its economic ‘backwardness’ and ‘failure’ will be considered, whilst for America, there will be a focus on slavery, railways, immigration and the Great Slump in the USA, along with the economic development of Brazil and Latin America. For Africa, there will be a focus on ‘resource curse’ for Ghana, Nigeria and Sub-Saharan countries along with Tanzania and Mozambique; there will also be a topic covering South Africa and apartheid. Consideration will be given throughout to the techniques and methods of economic history and the challenge of New Economic History (or cliometrics), and to the relevance of studies of the past to present-day economic challenges. Background Reading and Resource List Acemoglu & Robinson, Why Nations Fail. The Origins of Power, Prosperity and Poverty (Profile, 2012) Robert C. Allen, Farm to Factory (Princeton, 2003) Ha-Joon Chang, 23 Things they don’t tell you about Capitalism (Bloomsbury, 2011) Barry Eichengreen. Globalizing Capital. A History of the International Monetary System (Princeton 1996) Niall Ferguson, Civilization (Allen Lane, 2011) Ronald Findlay & Kevin H O’Rourke, Power and Plenty. Trade, War, and the World Economy in the Second Millennium (Princeton, 2007) Andre Gunder Frank, ReOrient: Global Economy in an Asian Age, (Berkeley: University of California Press) Penelope Francks, Japanese Practice (Routledge, 1992) Page 236 of 314 Economic Cardiff University Development: Theory and Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes J. Hughes, American Economic History (Scott, Foreman, 1994). A.G. Kenwood & A.L. Lougheed, The Growth of the International Economy 18201990 (Routledge, 1992) Angus Maddison, Contours of the World Economy, 1-2030 (OUP, 2007) Ian Morris, Why the West Rules for Now: The Patterns of History and what they reveal about the Future, (London: Profile Books, 2010). Prasanann Parthasarathi, Why Europe grew rich and Asia did not. Global economic divergence 1600-1850 (CUP, 2011) Thomas Piketty, Capitalism in the Twenty First Century (Harvard, 2014) Kenneth Pomeranz, The Great Divergence. China, Europe and the Making of the Modern World Economy (Princeton, 2000) Ezra F Vogel, The Spread of Industrialization in East Asia (Harvard, 1991) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 237 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3558 - Labour Economics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3558 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Panayiotis Pourpourides Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Labour Economics module provides students with the opportunity to build on the theoretical analysis and the quantitative techniques introduced in the Year 2 modules by applying what they have learnt to examining the workings of the UK labour market. Specifically, its role is to develop intermediate microeconomic and macroeconomic analysis to investigate the nature, causes and implications of unemployment and wage differentials. The module introduces the results of empirical work in order to evaluate both economists’ explanations of labour market behaviour and alternative policy options for improving performance. The Labour Economics module aims to provide students with a sound understanding of the method, content and scope of Labour Economics, a basic knowledge of the workings of the UK Labour Market, and an appreciation of current problems and policies. On completion of the module a student sh ould be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B identify the main structural changes taking place in the UK Labour Market, and to outline the trends in the central Labour Market outcomes recognise the contribution of economic theory to Labour Market analysis, and to relate the models they encounter to observed outcomes access the main forms and sources of data on the Labour Market, and to apply UK data to topics they have covered outline the main sources of Labour Market distortions and failures, and to demonstrate their importance Intellectual Skills: report and explain the main findings of Labour Economics empirical research on topics they have covered understand the role of empirical evidence in Labour Economics in elucidating specific debates grasp the distinction between alternative explanations of Labour Markets outcomes, but be able to bring together their insights to improve understanding Page 238 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes C Discipline Specific Skills: D appreciate the main policy initiatives to improve Labour Market performance, and to evaluate the options apply basic labour economics concepts and ideas to a range of labour market issues use theoretical analysis to identify the key issues raised by problematic market outcomes work out how best to rigorously investigate specific aspects of labour market behaviour Transferable Skills: listen to and read effectively economic literature, from journal articles to newspaper commentaries write coherently on major economic issues introduce statistical results into economic discussions work independently on economic problems, managing their time and resources efficiently operate in small groups, sharing ideas and reaching collective views develop logical arguments and make sensible decision as to their value deliver lucid presentations on economic research and current policy How the module will be delivered Teaching takes place in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There are approximately 34 hours of lectures and 12 hours of classes covering 8 core topics. Staff have produced a series of background papers which cover the theoretical and technical material relating to some of the topics covered. Students are advised to work on these first and foremost. Thereafter students are encouraged to move on to journal articles and in particular to articles from the empirical literature. Lectures are used to identify the structure of each topic, cover the more difficult technical material and introduce relevant interesting extensions and applications. The classes are a combination of workshops and seminars. In the workshops students work in small groups on set problems related to the lecture theoretical material. The students have the opportunity to get to know one another and to develop their group/communication skills. The seminars cover the empirical work associated with each topic. Students prepare and deliver oral presentations with overheads and handouts of their (individual and group) work on set readings from the empirical literature. They thus have the opportunity to develop their presentation/communication skills as well as their understanding of the applied elements of labour economics. Indicative study hours: 200 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 239 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed In terms of informal assessment, working with small groups within the workshops and seminars, enables staff the opportunity to gauge the abilities, work and character of each student on the module. The module encourages a variety of discipline specific and core skills. Much of the work on the module is student driven, so students have ample opportunity to demonstrate their skills. The assignments require the integration and assessment of economic theory and empirical material. The examination paper requires the student to solve problems using the theoretical and technical material they have met. This allows students to demonstrate their intellectual skills in synthesis. The questions require the application of labour economics to specific aspects of unemployment and wage differentials. This encourages/allows students to demonstrate their intellectual skills in evaluation. Together the informal and formal assessment activities allow staff to identify whether the module’s learning outcomes are being realised. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 70 labour economics Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 15 assignment autumn N/A 12 Written Assessment 15 assignment spring N/A 11 Syllabus content The Labour Market and Trade Unions; modelling & estimating the union mark up and the effects of unions on productivity, profits etc. The Labour Market and Structural Change: mismatch, structural change and labour market flexibility. The Internal Labour Market; productivity and efficiency wages, structured internal labour markets. Labour Market Dynamics; flows, duration, hysterisis, long term unemployment, & Insider/Outsider analysis. The Distribution of Earnings; compensating wage differentials, Human Capital theory. Explaining Male/Female Earnings Differentials; discrimination, segmentation and the UK wage differential. Personnel Economics; Human Resource Management, high performance work systems, performance related pay as an incentive system. Essential Reading and Resource List D Bosworth et al The Economics of the Labour Market Longman, Essex S Polachek & W S Siebert The Economics of Earnings CambridgeUniversityPress Page 240 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3561 - Modern Business Enterprise School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3561 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Maxim Munday Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Modern Business Enterprise module aims to: provide students with a sound understanding of modern economic approaches to corporate organisation and behaviour. build upon the year 2 modules in Microeconomics and Industrial Economics and explore modern explanations of firm behaviour. introduce students to the information and decision problems facing modern business enterprise, and to examine possible solutions. familiarise students with various elements of corporate economic strategy particularly relating to mergers, vertical integration, joint ventures, franchising, and internationalisation and the role of these elements in meeting business objectives. give students an understanding of theoretical and practical perspectives on both the process of business growth and the constraints on growth. encourage through teaching and learning student transferable skills in areas such as data collection, analysis and reporting On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B be aware of the economic theory appertaining to the nature and behaviour of stakeholders within modern business enterprise, and be able to analyse and describe the information asymmetries occurring between conflicting groups. be familiar with different forms of corporate organisation, and be able to describe how different organisational structures come into being and evolve. be able to demonstrate how different information and decision problems in a modern firm affect corporate structures. recognise the potential and limits of economic principles as an aid to understanding the behaviour of modern business enterprise. Intellectual Skills: be able to apply logical analysis to business economic problems. be able to evaluate strategic economic issues facing modern business enterprise. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 241 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook C Discipline Specific Skills: D be familiar and competent to research statistical, textual, and internet sources relating to modern industries and their development through time. be able to analyse the economic basis of corporate economic strategy as it relates to areas such as internationalisation, restructuring, rationalisation, and general business growth. Transferable Skills: be read extensively, and be able to collect, organise and analyse data. be familiar with key IT resources for research purposes and to inform classes and assignment work. be confident in developing individual ideas, setting personal course goals and schedules. How the module will be delivered Teaching occurs in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There are approximately 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. Lectures are designed to give students an outline of the core module material. Students are encouraged to read around the module topics through a series of key readings from texts and journal articles. Classes will focus upon set problems allied to the core lecture material. In each class delegated students prepare answers to problems, and deliver an oral presentation, with slide support if necessary. Students then answer questions on their topic/problem. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Successful completion of the continuous assessed work requires students to write up answers to essay questions which are based on lectures and class material. Students will demonstrate understanding of the theoretical foundations of the course, and they must demonstrate that they have researched the topics extensively. A list of core readings appertaining to assignments is provided to students at the start of the module. However, students are also encouraged to find their own literature sources and develop them, hence developing transferable research skills. The essay questions require students to focus and organise their material in a concise piece of work (less than 1500 words). The examination component is a single section, with ten questions. The examination has essay questions that cover the whole of the course material. Students choose four questions. The exam is designed to test knowledge acquired by students over both the semesters. Page 242 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 70 Written Assessment Written Assessment modern business enterprise Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A 15 essay autumn N/A 12 15 essay spring N/A 9 Syllabus content The Modern Business Enterprise module examines modern economic approaches to corporate organisation and behaviour. The Nature of Modern Business Enterprise and Key Perspectives Modern approaches to business organisations in the context of problems with neoclassical assumptions. Alternative business objectives and managerial theories of the firm. Neoclassical model and theories of economic organisation, factors contributing to market failure, transactions costs analysis and alternatives, the price mechanism and coordination within the firm and the market, bounded rationality and private information. Moral hazard problems, controlling these problems in firms and markets, incentive contracts, and organisational design. The control of managerial discretion and the market for corporate control. The Structure of Modern Business Enterprise The boundaries and structure of modern business enterprise; information problems and links to internal structures, U form. M form and hybrid structures, advantages and disadvantages of different forms. Modern Business Enterprise Structures and Cases Multinational enterprise – theoretical perspectives on international firms focusing on transactions costs, product cycle and product portfolio approaches. Franchising, growth and theoretical perspectives, factors in success and failure of franchising agreements. Profit sharing firms, worker –owned firms and management buyouts. Mergers, takeovers and firm boundaries, competing hypotheses and the market for corporate control, corporate governance systems. Evolutionary Approaches to Modern Business Enterprise Darwinian and Lamarkian perspectives, organisational ecology, evolutionary theory of economic change. Social networks and economic performance. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 243 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook The Role of the Entrepreneur Contrasting perspectives following the classical tradition. Small firms, enterprise, and policy. Background Reading and Resource List Milgrom P and Roberts J, (1992) Economics, Organisation and Management, Prentice-Hall Intl. Douma S and Schreuder H, (1998) Economic Approaches to Organisations, 2nd Ed , Prentice Hall. Ricketts, M. The Wheatsheaf. Economics Of Business Enterprise 2nd Edition. Harvester McGuigan, Moyer and Harris. Managerial Economics 9th edition, South Western Storey D (1992), Understanding the Small Business Sector. Dunning, J. (1993), Multinational Enterprises and the Global Economy. Addison Wesley Page 244 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3565 - Macroeconomic Analysis School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3565 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Anthony Minford Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Macroeconomic Theory module aims to: provide students with a thorough understanding of the method, content and scope of macroeconomic analysis. stimulate students to appreciate the value of economic analysis in understanding the behaviour of the economy. give students a firm foundation of knowledge about the policy issues facing the UK and other governments in respect of monetary and fiscal affairs. encourage, through the study, teaching and learning of the module, a range of transferable subject-specific and core skills that will be of value to students in future education and in their subsequent careers. progress students’ intellectual development, through teaching and learning, beyond comprehension and application to analysis. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C understand models of the economy and the theoretical and empirical work that has led to their evolution. be familiar with the policy debates about monetary and fiscal stabilisation ineffectiveness, time-inconsistency, and the Lucas Critique. be aware of the various macroeconomic theories that have been held by economists. Discipline Specific Skills: be able to solve models and carry out simulation of shocks on them, using algebra and diagrams. understand how to integrate macroeconomic theories into the open economy and solve a basic open economy macro model. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 245 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D Transferable Skills: be able to solve models and carry out simulation of shocks on them, using algebra and diagrams. be familiar with the policy debates about monetary and fiscal stabilisation. How the module will be delivered This is a double module consisting of 2 hours of lectures per week (20 hours per semester) and 5 tutorials per semester on alternate weeks. Total contact time 50 hours. Approximate study requirement estimated at 10 hours per week for an average student. This course requires mastery of diagrammatic and algebraic analysis of macroeconomic models of the economy in a simplified form. For this reason the students must spend a great deal of time practising these techniques both before and in class. During lectures they have to assimilate the methods as well as absorbing general information about the subject. In the second semester students will also be expected to read around the subject and become well informed on contemporary policy issues relevant to the course. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The 2-hour exam is designed to test the ability to solve models covered in the first semester. The final examination (3 hours, 4 questions) will be in two sections: section A will cover topics covered in semester 1, section B topics covered in semester 2. Students will be required to answer two questions from each section. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 macroeconomic analysis 2 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 macroeconomic analysis 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content In the first semester the course explores the microeconomic foundations of macroeconomics with a focus on elementary business cycle and growth theory. It starts with an overview of consumption theory and the main economics margins along which we will model behaviour. Then it develops the labour-leisure margin, the intertemporal substitution margin, and puts the two together in the standard dynamic model. Policy applications are developed along the way. In the second semester, the course will examine empirical and theoretical models of monetary and fiscal policy with a particular emphasis on new Keynesian models. It will explore the theoretical and empirical analysis of nominal rigidities, involuntary unemployment, fiscal policy issues (debt and sustainability, Ricardian equivalence, the operation of Page 246 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes the Euro and resultant problems), and the application of time-consistency to monetary policy in theory and practice. Essential Reading and Resource List In the first semester, the course will cover only chapters from M. Gillman, Advanced Modern Macroeconomics, 2011. In the second semester, the course reading will include chapters from H. Dixon, Surfing economics and a variety of journal articles. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 247 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3566 - Microeconomic Analysis School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3566 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor David Collie Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Microeconomic Analysis module aims to: Provide students with an up-to-date understanding of microeconomic analysis at a third year undergraduate level Make students aware of the use of microeconomic analysis in understanding the behaviour of consumers and producers, and the operation of the economy as a whole Make students aware of more recent microeconomic theory in particular in the areas of game theory and uncertainty Give students a firm understanding of issues in dealing with microeconomic policy analysis Enable students to obtain subject specific and core skills which will be of use in further education and their future careers On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B be aware of advanced undergraduate microeconomic theory in relation to producers and consumers, duality, general equilibrium, game theory, asymmetric information and uncertainty be aware of the use of economic analysis to solve economic problems arising in the micro economy be aware of the techniques that economists use to solve microeconomic problems have covered sufficient micro theory to proceed to an MSc. course in Economics should they wish to do so Intellectual Skills: be able to apply logical analysis to the treatment of microeconomic issues be able to read and understand key articles in journals in the microeconomics area Page 248 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes C Discipline Specific Skills: D be able to understand and analyse some of the key issues in the micro literature be able to use analytical techniques including mathematical and diagrammatic analysis to solve specific microeconomic problems Transferable Skills: be able to read extensively and to write and present short reports be able to indicate to non-economists what economic thinking would suggest in dealing with real economic problems How the module will be deli vered Teaching takes place in the Autumn and Spring Semester. There are approximately 36 hours of lectures and 16 hours of classes (although extra classes may be put on to deal with more technical aspects of the course). Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The two hour exam (30% of the course mark) is designed to test students’ ability in dealing with microeconomic problems and covers the first part of the course (see below). Students will be asked to answer a number of questions of a problem-solving type nature in this exam. The three hour exam (70% of the course mark) covers the material from all of the module. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 70 microeconomic analysis 3 hrs N/A Examination - Autumn Semester 30 microeconomic analysis 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content The syllabus is divided into three parts. The first develops students’ understanding of analysis and includes the following topics: consumer theory and producer theory using duality, partial equilibrium, general equilibrium and welfare economics. The second part covers developments in game theory and includes treatment of static and dynamic games, games of complete and incomplete information, and provides appropriate solution concepts: Nash equilibrium, Bayesian Nash equilibrium and subgame perfect Nash equilibrium. The third part covers the economics of uncertainty and information. It will cover expected utility theory, moral hazard and adverse selection, focusing on equilibria in signalling, screening and principal agent models. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 249 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Background Reading and Resource List Gravelle, H. and R. Rees, Microeconomics, Pearson Education, 2004. Jehle, G. A. and P. J. Reny, Advanced Microeconomic Theory, Pearson Education, 2011. Cowell, F., Microeconomics: Principles and Analysis, Oxford University Press, 2006. Osborne, M. J., An Introduction to Game Theory, Oxford University Press, 2004. Macho-Stadler, I. and D. Perez-Castrillo, A Introduction to the Economics of Information, Oxford University Press, 2001. Tadelis, S. Game Theory: An Introduction. Princeton University Press, 2013. Watson, J., Strategy: An Introduction to Game Theory, Norton, 2002 (2008, 2nd edition). Page 250 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3568 - International Trade School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3568 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor David Collie Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The International Trade module aims to provide students with a sound understanding of the method, content and scope of International Trade, a basic knowledge of the world trading system, and an appreciation of current trade policy issues. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C apply general equilibrium analysis from microeconomics to the analysis of international trade problems use models of imperfect competition and basic game theory to analyse international trade compare different models of international trade and assess their validity in terms of coherence of the theory and the empirical evidence Discipline Specific Skills: D understand the pattern of world trade, and the institutions and rules of the world trading system understand the main models of international trade and how they can be applied to the analysis of trade policy understand and know about current trade policy issues understand the implications of empirical tests of international trade models derive the key results of the main international trade models and use them to analyse trade policy issues analyse and assess the positive and normative implications of trade policy assess the arguments about free trade and protectionism Transferable Skills: listen to and read the economic literature, from journal articles to newspaper commentaries write coherently on major economic issues ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 251 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook work independently on economic problems, managing their time and resources efficiently operate in small groups, sharing ideas and reaching collective views develop logical arguments and make sensible decision as to their value deliver lucid presentations on economic research and current policy How the module will be delivered Teaching will consist of 36 hours of lectures and 9 hours of tutorials. Lectures are used to identify the main issues and to present the analytical models of international trade and trade policy. Tutorials are used for students to apply the models to the solution of analytical problems in international trade, and to discuss policy issues and empirical research. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 international trade 2 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 international trade 3 hrs N/A Syllabus content Introduction to International Trade: Overview of international trade. Conventional Trade Theories: mercantilism; absolute advantage; comparative advantage and the gains from trade; the neoclassical model, offer curves and the terms of trade; the Heckscher-Ohlin-Samuelson model (Heckscher-Ohlin, Rybczynski, StolperSamuelson and factor-price equalisation theorems). Imperfect Competition and International Trade: intra-industry trade; international trade under oligopoly; product differentiation, economies of scale and monopolisitic competition; heterogeneous firms. Empirical testing of trade theories. Trade policy: history and principles of the GATT and the WTO. Analysis of Trade policy: tariffs, export taxes and subsidies in a small country; tariffs in a large country and the optimum tariff argument; domestic distortions and the theory of second-best; quotas and voluntary export restraints; dumping and anti-dumping duties. Strategic Trade Policy: rent-extracting tariffs and profit-shifting export subsidies. Economic Integration: the theory of customs unions; the Kemp-Wan proposition; trade blocs and regionalism. Growth and Trade: economic growth and the terms of trade. International Factor Movements:capital mobility and the migration of labour. Multinationals and Foreign Direct Investment: Ownership, Location and Internalization; oligopoly models of multinationals and FDI. Essential Reading and Resource List H.P. Bowen, A. Hollander and J-M Viaene, Applied International Trade, 2nd Edition, Palgrave, 2012. Page 252 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Background Reading and Resource List D.R. Appleyard, A.J. Field and S.L. Cobb, International Economics, 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2009 J.R. Markusen, J.R. Melvin, W.H. Kaempfer and K.E. Maskus, International Trade: Theory and Evidence, McGraw-Hill, 1995. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 253 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3570 - Applied Macroeconomics and Finance School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3570 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor James Foreman-peck Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Applied Macroeconomics and Finance module aims to: provide students with the ability to understand and predict the macroeconomic environment encourage students to employ economic analysis to evaluate macroeconomic policy develop and enhance the skills and materials obtained in the year 2 Macroeconomic Theory module. enhance, through teaching and learning, subject-specific and transferable skills, including technical, analytical and research methods. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: students will understand the macroeconomic behaviour of the principal world economies recognise the potential and limits of macroeconomic theory an aid to predicting macroeconomic variables. understand the roles of policymakers and the constraints upon them in determining macroeconomic outcomes. B. Intellectual Skills: analytical skills: Students are expected to apply logical analysis and modelling to macroeconomic problems. evaluative skills: Students should be able to accurately identify macroeconomic problems, and to understand how policy makers might seek solutions to them. C. Discipline Specific Skills: appreciate the usefulness and limitations of economic theory to predicting the macroeconomy. recognise the significance of limitations and constraints on macroeconomic policy-makers Page 254 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D. Transferable Skills: work individually, setting goals and developing ideas. problem solve using a range of quantitative methodologies develop logical and concise solutions to specific decision-type problems. respond accurately to questioning on researched topic areas collect, organise and analyse data on defined topics use a variety of information and technology resources, including electronic data sources and the internet. How the module will be delivered Teaching occurs in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There are approximately 44 hours of contact comprising 34 hours of lectures and 10 hours of classes. Lectures provide students with an outline of the course material. Students are encouraged to read around the module topics through a series of key reading from a core text, and with some supporting information from satellite texts. Classes concentrate on set numerical and essay style problems allied to the core lecture material. Students prepare answers to problems, deliver brief presentations of solutions, and participate in class discussions. Classes explore particular decision situations in more detail. Class questions typically require a mix of qualitative and qualitative solutions. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The examination at the end of the Autumn semester will examine students understanding of key concepts and theories relating to semester one topics. The examination at the end of the Spring Semester is based on material covered in both Semesters. This examination requires students to answer both essay questions and multi-part quantitative questions. Students will demonstrate that they understand the theoretical foundations of the course, provide critiques of ideas and methodologies where necessary, and be able to apply logical, scientific approaches to decision-making in a range of decision situations. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 20 autumn exam 1 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 80 spring exam N/A 3 hrs Syllabus content The real macroeconomy: economic growth, labour markets and unemployment, private sector demand, the real exchange rate ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 255 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook The supply and demand for money: monetary policy Inflation and business cycles: aggregate demand and supply Macroeconomic policy: fiscal policy and debt, demand management, supply-side policy, growth policy, forecasting models Asset Markets: market efficiency, concepts and testing, derivatives and risk Background Reading and Resource List O Blanchard, F Giavazzi and A Amighini, Macroeconomics:A European Perspective, 2ndd ed (Pearson 2013) *M Burda and C Wyplosz, (OUP 2012) Macroeconomics: A European Text, 6th edition W Carlin and D Sockice, Macroeconomics: Imperfections, Institutions and Policies (OUP 2006) D Miles and A Scott, Macroeconomics: Understanding the Wealth of Nations, 2nd Edition (Wiley 2005) PR Krugman, The Return of Depression Economics and the Crisis of 2008 (Penguin 2008) R J Barro Determinants of Economic Growth: A Cross-Country Empirical Study (MIT Press 1998) *core text Page 256 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3571 - Economics of Banking School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3571 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Kent Matthews Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This is a core module, which focuses on the role of banks and financial intermediaries in the economy. The aim of the module is to provide students with the economic, institutional and legal framework to understand the role and practice of financial intermediation in the global economy. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B describe the process of liquidity creation and be aware of the major changes and trends in the UK and international banking sector in particular the implications of securitisation describe the main risks relating to banking and be familiar with the main techniques of risk management describe and interpret the UK and European regulatory framework relating to the banking system Intellectual Skills: C evaluate the functions, performance and behaviour of banks and other financial intermediaries using basic microeconomic theory use abstract reasoning with the aid of models to explain trends in banking analyse implications of legislation for the workings of the banking system Discipline Specific Skills: analyse the workings of banks and other financial intermediaries and be conversant with the basic functions and structures of retail, wholesale and international banking identify and differentiate between the various theories of the banking firm and theories of credit rationing and to interpret the trends in banking in relation to these theories manipulate data and make simple calculations relating to Value-at-Risk and to interpret the results ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 257 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D Transferable Skills: communication of argument and analysis by written and oral means development of numerical and problem solving skills development of team working and presentational skills How the module will be delivered There will be approximately 36 hours of lectures and 8 hours of classes. Students will be required to prepare and present class exercises during the year. Within the class each student is assigned to a study group. Each student is assigned a specific exercise for the following class. In the case of absence, another member of the study group is expected to present the exercise. The exercises are designed to test the student’s comprehension of the lecture material and background reading by addressing both analytical and descriptive components of the course. Each study group is given a project that involves a 10-15000-word report and group and individual presentations at the end of the second semester. The project aims to develop written, oral and presentational skills within a team framework. The group project addresses a contemporary issue in international banking (e.g. securitisation). The report will describe the mechanism and current trends, apply economic reasoning to explain the trends, provide an assessment of future developments, and discuss the wider implications. The subject matter is covered in the lectures and references are provided but given the topical nature of the subject students are expected to supplement the readings with material from their own research. The research and writing of the project give students practice in developing their skills in literature search including non-standard sources such as WWW, selecting relevant information, writing a report to a professional standard, organising data and working within a team framework. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The joint written project counts for 15%. Individual presentation and individual written contribution counts for 7.5% each. The formal exam counts for 60%. The exam contains two sections and students are given 3 hours to complete the paper. The first section contains short answer questions testing knowledge and comprehension. Students have to attempt four questions from the first section. The second section requires students to answer 2 essay type questions from a choice of 8. This part of the assessment tests the student’s knowledge and analytical skills. Page 258 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 economics of banking 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 40 group project and presentation N/A 10 Syllabus content Financial Intermediation and the Financial System, Banking Structures of Industrialised countries, Retail, Wholesale and International Banking, Models of the Banking Firm, Theories of Credit Rationing, Euromarkets and Eurocurrency banking, Securitisation, Theory of Regulation, Deregulation and Free Banking, Bank Efficiency and Structure Conduct Performance, Regulation of Banks, Risk Management in Banking, Economics of Central Banking. Essential Reading and Resource List Matthews, K & Thompson, J – The Economics of Banking, July 2005, John Wiley & Sons ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 259 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3572 - Industrial Economics School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3572 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Helmuts Azacis Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module Provide students with an up-to-date understanding of industrial economics, including the areas of industrial organisation and regulation, at a third year undergraduate level. Make students aware of the relevant theory in these areas. Make students aware of empirical work that has been undertaken in some areas relating to the operation and performance of UK markets. Make students aware of key policy issues and the way in which economic analysis can be used to approach these issues. Provide students with subject specific and core skills which will be of use in further education and their future careers. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B understand modern issues in the theory of industrial organisation understand recent UK Competition Policy and natural monopoly regulation understand the role of empirical research in testing economic theory and in assessing economic policy Intellectual Skills: C recognise the importance of economic theory to the analysis of the industrial economy and be able to apply theory to applied economic problems. appreciate the main causes of market failure and distortion in the context of industry, and be able to indicate their welfare consequences analyse economic policy in this area and identify the merits of individual policy measures Discipline Specific Skills: employ deductive reasoning to analyse economic problems analyse data and interpret statistical information Page 260 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D understand and evaluate the role of incentives and strategic thinking in determining firm and government behaviour and therefore market outcomes and policy Transferable Skills: work individually and independently on lecture and tutorial material develop reading skills in specific subject areas How the module will be delivered Teaching takes place in the Autumn and Spring semesters. There are approximately 36 hours of lectures and 12 hours of classes. The purpose of lectures is to set out the main points of each topic covered and indicate a structure for learning. They identify the key features of the topics covered and focus particularly on material new to students, and on the technically more difficult elements. They aim to improve student learning by identifying the principal theoretical and empirical aspects on each topic, and by providing guidance on reading. Lecture handouts provide the students with mathematical material, statistical data and diagrams. Classes provide students with an opportunity to discuss module material. Theoretical ideas introduced in the lecture are identified and therefore consolidated with the help of numerical and essay style problems. Statistical data, diagrams and quantitative material may also be reviewed. The reading material and associated tasks introduce empirical material and policy debates. Students are provided with text references and handouts but are required to supplement these by consulting articles available in the library. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The summer examination is divided into three sections: Section A covers the first half (first semester) of the module and Sections B and C the second. The questions take a variety of forms enabling the student to demonstrate their knowledge and skills across theoretical, quantitative, diagrammatic, empirical and policy material. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Autumn Semester 30 industrial economics 2 hrs N/A Examination - Spring Semester 70 industrial economics 3 hrs N/A ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 261 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Syllabus content Monopoly: non-linear pricing and price discrimination, product quality; Oligopoly pricing: static and dynamic models of oligopoly, product differentiation, measuring market power; Strategic behavior: entry deterrence, advertising, research and development; Issues in antitrust economics: exclusionary strategies, vertical integration and vertical restraints, horizontal mergers; Issues in regulatory economics: optimal pricing for natural monopoly. Background Reading and Resource List L. Cabral, Introduction to Industrial Organization, MIT Press, 2000. D. Carlton and J. Perloff, Modern Industrial Organization, Pearson Addison Wesley, 2005. J. Church and R. Ware, Industrial Organization: A Strategic Approach, McGrawHill, 2000. M. Motta, Competition Policy: Theory and Practise, Cambridge University Press, 2004. L. Pepall, D. Richards, and G. Norman, Industrial Organization: Contemporary Theory and Empirical Applications, 4th ed., Blackwell Publishing, 2008. Page 262 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3573 - The Economics of Development School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3573 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Calvin Jones Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module Economic Development is offered as an optional module for final year students across a range of single and joint honours degree programmes involving Economics. It is intended to provide students with an understanding of why some countries are poor and some rich. The module will present traditional and ‘new growth’ theories of economic development, illustrating their value in application to specific countries and time periods. The influence of key micro-economic factors including human capital development and the functioning of markets (e.g. for land and credit) will be covered, as will wider within-country socio-cultural influences such as poverty and corruption. The module will consider the influence of the international context (in terms of development aid) and of trade and capital flows. The module will fully explore key current development issues in emerging and developed economies, including the implications of climate change, scarce water access and resource depletion. It will also issues inherent in managing post-industrial economies. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Understand how economists have traditionally thought about development and growth, and how this relates to wider micro- and macro-economic foundations Asses the usefulness of economic theories in determining which factors might have the greatest bearing on the mode and speed of economic development, in countries and overall Determine how far international and national policies intended to increase levels of development actually address key barriers, constraints and structural issues Evaluate whether the changing nature of cross-border flows of capital, technology and ‘innovation’ has implications for the development of emerging economies Evaluate how far traditional micro-economic approaches can be amended to include consideration of ecological-environmental limits to growth Intellectual Skills: apply micro-economic concepts and approaches such as rationality and marginal returns to problems of development. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 263 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook C recognise the relevance of both market function and wider social structures to the efficiency of applied capital and labour resource critically asses the impact of political-economic factors on the nature of development contextualise economic debates and discussion within wider social and ecological debates understand how economic growth links to levels of social welfare at different points of the development path, and draw implications for the development of appropriate economic policy Discipline Specific Skills: D be able to argue for or against the relevance of an economic approach to addressing persistent problems of under-development and sub-optimal development map national development and growth policies against relevant economic theory to understand how they do or do not fit consider the appropriateness of externally imposed or suggested policies stemming from neo-classical and neo-liberal economic paradigms to the development problem in case countries recognise the boundaries of relevant economic theory in addressing both the path and ‘end-game’ of economic development and growth, and consider how far economics can be extended to accommodate non-economic influences Transferable Skills: work individually towards a substantive piece of original research argue coherently and consistently for a particular viewpoint or solution based on available evidence develop logical and contextualised solutions to specific decision-type problems develop and reveal a holistic understanding of international political-economic institutions, structures and relevant outcomes use a variety of information and technology resources, including electronic data sources and the internet. How the module will be delivered Teaching takes place in both the autumn and spring semesters. There are approximately 32 hours of lectures, and 8 hours of discussion (per student). The module is divided into 7 blocks. Each block is accompanied by a handout which makes explicit the structure of the lectures through the provision of lecture handouts. The handout may also include data and or diagrams. For each block students are provided with a reading list identifying references which are useful for preparation for class exercises and for revision. Although the module is taught in blocks, the lectures pick out and emphasise common economic themes across topics. Page 264 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Topics and questions for the small group discussion classes are handed out in advance, and students prepare written answers before the class. A lecturer is present to provide informal assessment and commentary on students’ written work, but this is not part of formative assessment. The discussion groups are intended to incentivise students to keep up with reading, and to ‘pressure test’ their ideas and understanding ahead of formal, assessed coursework and exams. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Each student is invited to choose her/his own project topic from a provided list. The students are given a research question which they must then apply to their self chosen case context, country or time period. Students are expected to use the material provided in the module to inform their project, and the set list of questions will enable this. The students carry out their own research and write up their own project. This format combines wide freedom of choice on topic with a rigorous insistence on the relevance of analysis and the use of appropriate methods. During the process of carrying out the project, from idea to submission, students acquire both subject-specific and transferable skills. The emphasis in this coursework is on applying economic thought and theory to real world problems. A full marking schedule for the project linked to module learning outcomes will be provided. The Spring examination includes both essay questions and short-form answers based on a provided case study or article. The examination will cover the whole of the module content. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Written Assessment 40 3000 word project N/A 6 Examination - Spring Semester 60 3 hrs N/A the economics of development Syllabus content Semester 1 Block A: Introduction - What is Under-development? Block B: Theories of Economic Development and Growth Block C: Factors of Production in Under-Developed Countries Block D: Society, Culture and Economic Development Semester 2 Block E: Trade, Capital Flows and Multinational Corporations ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 265 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Block F: What Next? Managing Post-Industrial Regions Block G: Limits to Growth? The Ecological and Climate Context Essential Reading and Resource List Development Economics Anthony Clunies-Ross, David Forsyth, Mozammel Huq McGraw Hill ISBN: 0077114531 Economic Growth and Development (2nd Edition) Hendrik Van den Berg, McGraw Hill ISBN: 9780071201971 Economics of Development Theory and Evidence 9th edition A.P. Palgrave MacMillan Thirlwall ISBN: 9780230222298 Page 266 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3612 - Public Sector Accounting School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3612 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Yusuf Karbhari Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to provide students with an understanding of the financial reporting, management accounting and investment appraisal techniques and practices specifically relating to public sector organisations. The module also examines the problems of performance evaluation, audit and control of public sector organisations. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C evaluate the nature of the public sector and the accountability, control and performance evaluation of public sector activities describe the theory, practice and regulatory framework of national and international public sector financial accounting and reporting describe the use and practice of management accounting in the planning and control of public sector activities identify, evaluate and apply the investment appraisal techniques of public sector organisations evaluate critically the role of the audit function and in particular ‘value for money’ auditing in the public sector evaluate critically the accounting implications of the changing nature of the public sector synthesise and evaluate data exercise powers of inquiry and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence sustain a critical argument in writing Discipline Specific Skills: critically revaluate the process of accountability, control and performance evaluation of the public sector compare and contrast different management accounting and budgetary control practices used in the public sector ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 267 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D develop a critical understanding of the theory, practice and regulatory framework of government accounting and reporting critically evaluate the accounting implications of the changing nature of the public sector critically evaluate the investment appraisal techniques used in the public sector appreciate the importance of the role of the audit function and ‘value for money’ in the public sector Transferable Skills: exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently communicate ideas, principles and theories effective by written means and by class presentation appreciate alternative viewports access and utilise data by use of the library and by IT (internet etc) How the module will be delivered The module comprises 17 lecture hours and 5 hours of classes. The lectures programme is supported by detailed handouts and subsequent structured reading of specific public sector accounting texts as well as major academic articles. Each aspect of the syllabus comprehensively covered in one or more lectures and is supported by class exercises which requires a discussion by students of the issues involved and where appropriate, the solution of a numerical exercise based on the techniques covered in the lecture. Case studies are also used to illustrate major issues and to reinforce learning activity. Students are supported throughout the module through the weekly student-lecturer office hours, revision sessions and by email contact. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination questions contain a range of questions that are designed to cover the learning outcomes for the module and to test the critical and analytical skills of students. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 Public Sector Accounting 2 N/A Syllabus content The distinction between the private sector and other sectors of the economy with emphasis on the objectives and techniques of financial accounting, financial reporting and accountability. The aims, objectives and mechanisms of public sector Page 268 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes auditing. The measurement of performance. Investment appraisal, budgeting, planning and control for public sector organisations. The accounting implications of the changing nature of the public sector. Background Reading and Resource List Jones and Pendlebury, Public Sector Accounting, 5th Edition, 2000 Coombes & Jenkins (2002), Public Sector Financial Management, Chapman and Hall Rutherford, Sherer and Wearing, Cases in Public Sector Accounting, PCP, 1992 Henley, Likierman, Perrin, Evans, Lapsley and Whiteoak, Public Sector Accounting and Financial Control, 4th Edition, Chapman and Hall Glynn, J, Public Sector Financial Control and Accounting, 2nd Edition Rutherford, B A, Financial Reporting in the Public Sector ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 269 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3614 - Corporate Governance & Accountability School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3614 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Roy Chandler Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module This module aims to introduce students to recent developments in the theory and practice of corporate governance, corporate accountability to stakeholders, corporate social responsibility, corporate social and environmental reporting and socially responsible investment. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C describe the growing relevance of an ethical framework to accounting and finance; describe the recent reforms in UK corporate governance and evaluate their impact on UK companies and the institutional investment community; analyse the development of corporate social and environmental reporting and evaluate the growing importance of accountability in the UK; explain the development of socially responsible investment in the UK and evaluate the impact of its recent growth on companies and institutional investors, focusing on the pension fund community; critically evaluate the current state of corporate governance and accountability in an international context assess the viability of an ethical framework in the context of UK accounting and finance; evaluate the usefulness of the broad corporate governance reform agenda to UK companies and stakeholders; assess international attempts to reform corporate governance in a comparative context. Discipline Specific Skills: acquire ability to compare and contrast corporate governance policy documents over time and between countries; evaluate the findings of academic research relating to corporate governance and accountability in order to assess the impact of corporate governance reform on UK companies and stakeholders. Page 270 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: acquire the ability to analyse, compare and contrast policy documents acquire the ability to evaluate the findings of academic and professional research acquire the ability to assess the impact of policy in the area of accounting and finance acquire the ability to consider the views of a diverse group of interested parties in relation to a policy issue How the module will be delivered Teaching takes place in the Spring semester. The formal timetabled components of the module comprise seventeen hours of lectures and five hours of classes. Lectures cover theoretical concepts and summaries of the most recent practice by companies and financial institutions. The findings of recent academic and professional research are discussed in relation to relevant theory and practice. Case study material is used and in order to broaden the students' understanding of corporate governance and accountability the lectures and classes blend theory and practice. Questions for class discussion are distributed in the first lecture. In the first class, the tutor will cover the required material and will split the students into four groups. For the following four classes, each group will prepare and present their answers to the week's questions. Following the presentation there will be an open discussion of the practical and policy implications of the topics covered. The content of lectures and classes are moulded to the learning outcomes of the module so that students who successfully complete the module are able to demonstrate achievement of all of the required outcomes. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination is designed to allow students to demonstrate that they have achieved the learning outcomes established for this module as well as to test their skill development. The examination consists of six questions. They are all essay questions but some questions will be split into several parts. Every question will require students to evaluate the topic under consideration from both a theoretical and practical perspective. Students are required to demonstrate that they have acquired intellectual, communication, evaluative and subject-specific skills from taking this module. Informal assessment takes place through class sessions where students are required to prepare solutions to class questions, distributed at the beginning of the module. The assessment involves students demonstrating that they have attempted all questions either by presenting the material to the class or through the medium of class debate and discussion. Class questions focus principally on evaluation and analysis of academic papers as well as policy documents and case study material. All questions require students to demonstrate theoretical and practical competence as well as the ability to apply knowledge to discussions and case studies. Students are encouraged throughout the module to submit queries, essay plans and any ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 271 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook problem they encounter to the module co-ordinator and/or tutors on the module for discussion. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 corporate governance & accountability 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content Ethics in finance and accounting; defining corporate governance and competing theoretical paradigms; initiatives and codes of practice in the UK; internal control; the impact of corporate governance reform in the UK; the role of institutional investors; corporate governance and accountability; corporate social and environmental reporting; socially responsible investment; globalising corporate governance and convergence; empirical evidence on developments in international corporate governance. Essential Reading and Resource List Padgett, C (2011) Corporate Governance: Theory and Practice, Palgrave Finance Mallin, C (2012) Corporate Governance, 4th ed., Oxford University Press Monks, R A G and N Minow (2011) Corporate Governance, 5th ed., Blackwell Page 272 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3615 - Security Analysis & Portfolio Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3615 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Mr Roydon Roberts Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The Security Analysis & Portfolio Management module is designed to provide students with an understanding of the theory and practice of security analysis and portfolio management and performance measurement On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C show a systematic knowledge of the concepts underlying investment decisions. show a systematic knowledge of, and critically evaluate, portfolio theory and the Efficient Markets Hypothesis and their implications for portfolio management and security analysis. show a systematic knowledge of a range of different types of bonds and equities and of the operations of the markets on which they are traded. show a systematic knowledge of, and critically evaluate, pricing models for bonds and equities. show a systematic knowledge of, and critically evaluate, technical analysis and fundamental analysis. show a systematic knowledge of, and critically evaluate, portfolio management strategies and performance measures for both bond and equity portfolios. synthesise and evaluate primary and secondary data. solve problems, including the ability to manipulate financial and other numerical data and to apply statistical concepts at an appropriate level. exercise powers of inquiry, logic, and critical analysis, interpretation and evaluation of arguments and evidence. sustain a critical argument in writing. Discipline Specific Skills: measure and evaluate the returns on, and risks of, different types of bond and equities. price bonds and equities using a range of appropriate pricing models. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 273 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D apply the techniques and methods of portfolio management for both bond and equity portfolios. measure the performance of investment portfolios using a range of performance measures. Transferable Skills: communicate ideas, principles and theories effectively by oral and written means. exercise initiative, self reliance and time management skills and work independently. appreciate alternative viewpoints. exercise numeracy, problem solving and IT skills. access and utilise information in a variety of research resources both traditional (e.g. library) and IT (e.g. the Internet, databases). How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled component of the module comprises approximately sixteen lectures and six classes. The lecture programme, which is supported by detailed handouts, is used to introduce material to students, to direct them (through the use of recommended reading and web sites included in the handouts) to sources which will enable them, during the private study time they devote to the module (seventy eight hours), to increase their knowledge and understanding of that material, and to empower them to attempt the problems which are set for classes. Classes are closely integrated to the lecture programme and are designed to enable students to apply the material covered in that programme to solve problems and to discuss and evaluate those solutions. Students are supported throughout the module through private consultation with the module coordinator. Indicative study hours: 100 How the module will be assessed The examination paper is designed to enable students to demonstrate their intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation and the extent to which they have met the module learning outcomes. Informal assessment is provided through the class problems (for which solutions are provided) which enable students to self assess the extent to which they are meeting the module learning outcomes. In addition the module coordinator is available throughout the module to answer queries and discuss progress with students. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 security analysis & portfolio management 2 hrs Page 274 of 314 Cardiff University N/A Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Syllabus content Review of portfolio theory & capital market equilibrium. Equity analysis and equity portfolio management: types and characteristics of equities; measures of equity performance; pricing equities, equity portfolio management – active and passive management strategies. Bond analysis and portfolio management: market structure; bond prices yields and returns; bond risks; bond portfolio management - active and passive strategies. Portfolio performance measurement: objectives and components of performance measurement; equity portfolio performance measures; bond portfolio performance measures; evaluation of performance measures; evidence on portfolio performance. International diversification: returns and risks of international investment; evidence on the performance of internationally diversified portfolios. Background Reading and Resource List Blake, Financial Markets Analysis, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2000 Cuthbertson & Nitzsche, Investments: Spot & Derivatives Markets, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2008 Haugen, Modern Investment Theory, 5th Edition,Prentice Hall, 2001 Elton, Gruber, Brown & Goetzmann, Modern Portfolio Theory & Investment Analysis, 8th Edition, Wiley, 2011 Bodie, Kane & Marcus,Investments, 10th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2014 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 275 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3618 - The Accounting Profession School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3618 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Roy Chandler Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of the module is to provide final year students in accountancy with critical insights to the profession they may enter or are likely to engage with during their careers. The course looks beyond the technical knowledge and skills acquired in earlier accounting modules to focus on the professionals who apply that knowledge and skill as members of professional organisations working in accountancy firms, industry and the public sector. The inclusion of subjects such as ethical decision making adds a vocationally relevant dimension to the module. The module is designed to offer historical and contemporary insights to issues such as: the problematic organisation of the accountancy profession; the power of accountancy firms; the changing scope of professional work; shifting boundaries with other professions; the accountancy profession in the global economy; exclusion from the profession on the basis of class, gender and race; diversity; the ‘problem’ of the accountant stereotype; threats to accounting professionalism; and challenges to professional ethics. On completion of the module a student should be able to Knowledge and Understanding: Describe the principal theories which seek to explain and interpret professionalisation projects. Relate the structure and development of the accountancy profession in the UK. Understand the importance of recruitment and socialisation processes to the construction of the professional accountant. Comprehend the significance of class, gender and race as barriers to recruitment and career building in the accountancy profession. Analyse the changing patterns of professional work in accountancy and interfaces with other professions. Assess the impact of commercialisation on accounting professionalism. Evaluate the changing nature of professional ethics in accountancy. Understand the significance of globalisation to the development of the international accountancy profession. Intellectual Skills: Identification and utilisation of relevant information Page 276 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Analysis of qualitative data Critical evaluation and interpretation of information Synthesising and communicating findings Problem identification and solving Discipline Specific (including practical) Skills: Critical awareness of: Behaviour of accountants, accounting firms and professional organisations Composition and application of accountancy practice Contexts in which professional work is conducted Ethical decision making Nature of accounting professionalism Inter-professional boundaries Transferable Skills: Independent learning skills Interpersonal communication skills Organisation skills Research skills Analytical skills Synthesising skills Empathy skills Written and oral communication skills How the module will be delivered The teaching will be research led, drawing on the expertise of members of staff in the accounting and finance section in this field. The emphasis will be on teaching and learning through the use of qualitative material. Lectures: 17 hours Lectures will introduce each topic (supported by handouts) and form a base from which students will be encouraged to read widely, drawing heavily on academic journal articles. Students will also be encouraged to access professional journals on past and current issues. Classes: 5 hours Classes will focus on critical discussion of issues drawn from the academic and professional literature. The emphasis will be on student participation through presentations, case analysis and role playing. The classes will provide opportunities for both individual and group work. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 277 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook How the module will be assessed In accord with other 10-credit third year accounting modules the assessment will comprise a two hour examination. The examination will comprise six qualitative questions from which three will be answered. The questions will be designed to test the knowledge and understanding of students in the areas related above, as well as students’ skills of interpretation, synthesis, problem solving and critical analysis. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 the accounting profession 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content The syllabus will comprise the following in historical and contemporary contexts: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Introduction to professions and the accounting profession Professionalisation of accounting. Recruitment, socialisation and professional identity. Gender and the accounting profession. Race, ethnicity and the accounting profession. Accountancy work and inter-professional jurisdictions. Professional ethics. Commercialisation, globalisation and professionalism. Deprofessionalisation or new professionalism Background Reading and Resource List Abbott, A. (1988) The System of Professions. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Annisette, M. (2003) ‘The colour of accountancy: examining the salience of race in a professionalisation project’. Accounting, Organisations & Society 28 (7-8): 639-674. Anderson-Gough, F., Grey, C. and Robson, K. (2005) ‘’Helping them to forget’ the organizational embedding of gender relations in public audit firms’. Accounting, Organisations & Society 30 (5): 469-490. Arnold, P. (2005) ‘Disciplining domestic regulation: the World Trade Organization and the market for professional services’. Accounting, Organisations & Society 30 (4): 299-330. Bougen, P D. (1994) ‘Joking apart: the serious side to the accountant stereotype’. Accounting, Organizations and Society,19: 319-335. Hammond, T. (2003) A White Collar Profession: African American Certified Public Accountants since 1921. University of North Carolina Press. Page 278 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Hanlon, G. (1994) The Commercialisation of Accountancy. Basingstoke: Macmillan. ICAS (2004) Taking Ethics to Heart. Edinburgh: ICAS. Kirkham, L.M. and Loft, A. (1993) ‘Gender and the construction of the professional accountant’. Accounting, Organisations & Society 18 (6): 507-558. Matthews, D., Anderson, M. and Edwards, J.R. (1998) The Priesthood of Industry. The Rise of the Professional Accountant in British Management. Oxford: OUP. Walker, S.P. (1996) ‘The criminal upperworld and the emergence of a disciplinary code in the early chartered accountancy profession’. Accounting History 1 (2): 7-36. Walker, S.P. (2004). ‘The genesis of professional organisation in English accountancy’. Accounting, Organisations & Society 29 (2): 127-156. Willmott, H. (1986). ‘Organising the profession: a theoretical and historical examination of the development of the major accountancy bodies in the UK’. Accounting, Organisations & Society 11 (6): 555-580 ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 279 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3619 - Modelling in Management Science School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3619 Number of Credits 10 Level L6 Module Leader Professor Malcolm Beynon Semester Spring Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this third-level module is to provide students with a range of predominantly probability/statistical based approaches for understanding and modelling real life problems of interest to managers, accountants and others concerned with business and commerce. Within the general area of management science, the considered problem will include queuing and inventory management. The intended understanding is to range from the mathematical rudiments of the problems and subsequent approaches to model them and the managerial, economic, accounting and/or logistic impact any results may have. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C Understanding the underlying mathematics/statistics employed in the modelling processes of business/management problems. Be able to construct model based solutions to business/management problems. Discipline Specific (including practical) Skills: D Construct formal models for a variety of business/management problems. Appreciate how software can pertinently be used in simulation modelling. Practical understanding of the role of simulation modelling for business/management problems. Theoretical understanding of the mathematical construction of models. Transferable Skills: Understanding of the progression from problem formulation to solution identification. Page 280 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module comprise 16 hours of lectures and 5 hours of classes. The lecture program is supported by detailed handouts and subsequent structured reading, which strives to challenge and empower students to attempt class questions (closely connected to the lecture material). The class work also includes a component of work that utilises software. Students are supported through advertised weekly student-lecturer private consultation and e-mail student-lecturer contact. Indicative study hours - 100 How the module will be assessed The summer examination is divided into two sections: Section A includes a compulsory question, while section B includes three questions from which two must be answered. The questions include a variety of parts, enabling the student to demonstrate their knowledge and skills in a number of ways, including the theoretical and quantitative. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 100 modelling in management science 2 hrs N/A Syllabus content Models Using Probability Introduction to Stochastic Processes Markov Chain based models (using matrices). Applications: Customer loyalty, Repayment of loans etc. Queuing Theory Introduction to Waiting Line Models Generalised Poisson Model, Single and Multi channel waiting line models Applications: Shop queuing etc. Simulation Modelling (Including use of excel spreadsheets) SimulationModel Building(Advantages and Disadvantages) Monte CarloMethods, Managerial Implications. Applications: Queuing and Inventory Management Simulations ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 281 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Inventory Management (Small use of differentiation) Deterministic Models: Economic Order Quantity, Production Lot Size and Backorder Models, Stochastic Models: Theoretical and Simulation based Models Essential Reading and Resource List Anderson, D. R., Sweeney D. J., Williams T. A. andMartin, R. K., An Introduction to Management Science: Quantitative Approaches to Decision Making (A number of editions of this book are satisfactory) Page 282 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3725 - Advertising and Marketing Communications Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3725 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Adriana Campelo santana Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module aims to provide students with an understanding of marketing communications. The module helps students to examine the behavioural and communications theories that underpin or contribute to marketing communications. Also, students will focus on the specific promotional tools (such as advertising, direct marketing, sales promotion, personal selling, and public relations) that are available to organisations to communicate with their external and internal audiences. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding Understand the range of marketing communications vehicles available to the marketer Explore underpinning communications theory within the marketing communications context B. Intellectual Skills: Critically appraise and evaluate marketing communication models and theories Formulate, evaluate and report marketing communications mix solutions and/or strategies Critically appraise and account for the value of market intelligence through marketing research or communication planning and control, and the associated information system issues. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Critically evaluate marketing communications mix components and/or strategies in developing successful integrated marketing communication campaigns Analyse, evaluate and apply a variety of marketing information and research approaches within the development of marketing communications programmes and for the evaluation of these. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 283 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D. Transferable Skills: Demonstrate ability to analyse concepts and theories and to apply these to different contexts and then to evaluate applicability and implications within both a business and societal context. How the module will be delivered There are 44 hours of classes. The lecture programme consists of one hour of teaching followed by a one hour interactive session that includes the use of videos, the Internet and analysis of case studies. The module also involves the use of guest speakers. Students are supported throughout the module with electronic Blackboard facilities. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Assessment is via one individual assignment and a three hour examination, selected to achieve the learning outcomes for the module. The continuous assessment is based on a practical piece of work that permits assessment of students’ abilities, skills and competencies related to all of the learning outcomes. The focus of the continuous assessment remains on developing and evaluating skills and abilities related to comprehension and application. The assessment will normally be based on major marketing communications case study which assesses these competencies and provides important formative as well as diagnostic assessment of students. The final examination component then evaluates students’ overall abilities, skills and competencies related to all of understanding, analysis, application, synthesis and evaluation. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring advertising and marketing 60 Semester communications management 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment N/A 7 40 coursework Syllabus content Marketing communication theories, process, role of signs, meaning and culture Integrated marketing communications and the marketing communication planning process Sequential models of advertising, elaboration likelihood model, role of advertising and branding Page 284 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Context of communications – ethics, self regulation and legislation; the international dimension Tools of marketing communications, aim, key characteristics, selection and effectiveness Comprehensive discussion of major tools such as advertising, sales promotion, direct marketing; public relations; personal selling Message appeals and strategies; media characteristics, planning and strategy; agency - client relationship Communications for services marketing and for business to business marketing Essential Reading and Resource List De Pelsmacker P. Geuens M. Van Den Bergh J. (2013). Marketing communications. A European perspective. 5th revised edition. Pearson Education. Fill, Chris (2013). Marketing Communications: brands, experiences and participation. 6th Edition. Pearson. ISBN13: 9780273770541 ISBN13: 9780273760894 Percy, L. and Rosenbaum-Elliott, R. (2011) Strategic Advertising Management, 4thEdition, Oxford University Press; ISBN: 978-0-19-960558-3 Rosenbaum-Elliott, R. and Percy, L. (2011), Strategic Brand Management, Oxford University Press; ISBN: 978-0-19-956521-4 Background Reading and Resource List De Mooij, Marieke (2011) Consumer behaviour and culture: consequences for global marketing and advertising, 2ndEdition, SAGE Publications; ISBN: 978-1-4129-7990-0 Fill, Chris (2011),Essentials of Marketing Communications, FT Prentice Hall Europe; ISBN:978-0-273-73844 Tag, Nancy (2012), AD Critique: How to deconstruct ads in order to build better advertising. SAGE Publications Inc; ISBN: 978-1-4129-8053-1. Hollensen, Svend (2011), Global Marketing: A decision-oriented approach, 5thEdition, FT Prentice Hall. Smith, P. R. and Ze Zook (2011), Marketing communications : integrating offline and online with social media, 4th edition, Kogan Page: London ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 285 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3728 - Ethics and Morality of Business School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3728 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Michael Marinetto Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module will examine ethical issues and dilemmas in business covering such key, controversial subjects as child labour, and ethical consumption. The main concepts and moral philosophical theories that have been used to understand and explain business ethics will be introduced. In this way it is intended that students will be able to gain an understanding of why ethical problems arise, what their significance might be, and how they might be attended to. Ultimately, the aim of the module is to enable students to reflect upon ethical questions with a view to enhancing their analytical and decision-making skills. On completion of the module a student should be able to Question the role of business in society, and explain how and why this role might change or be managed. Evaluate the responsibilities of, and relationships between, companies and their external and internal stakeholders. Conduct critical evaluation of the ethical rights and wrongs of a variety of business issues drawing on relevant moral philosophical theories. A. Knowledge and Understanding Identify and critically analyse common ethical issues arising in business. Develop a basic understanding of the moral philosophical theories which may be relevant to such critical analysis. Diagnose ethical problems and suggest how they might be resolved or dealt with. B. Intellectual Skills: Demonstrate the ability to analyse and debate ethical problems in business, and to develop, present and defend potential solutions. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Skills of critical evaluation, the research process and the application of academic theory to professional practice Page 286 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D. Transferable Skills: Develop the ability to think critically and originally An awareness of moral philosophy in business situations How the module will be delivered A mixture of lectures, case studies, exercises, guest speakers, audio-visual materials and interactive podcasts. A strong emphasis is to be placed on student participation in class. There will be approximately 44 hours of classes, which will consist of a combination of formal lectures and tutorial sessions. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The exam will consist of two sections – A and B. The questions in section A are based on topics covered in the first semester that were not used for the assignment questions. Section B will include questions based on all the topics covered in the second semester. Students taking the exam will be required to complete ONE essay question from Section A and TWO essay questions from Section B. They will have three hours to complete these essays. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 60 Written Assessment 40 coursework ethics and morality of business Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A N/A 12 Syllabus content The module is structured around four themes. (1) Business Ethics in Philosophical Context: The first part of the module looks at business ethics in context, introducing key philosophical ideas and concepts. (2) Corporate Social Responsibility and Ethics: The second part of the module explores the rise of the corporation and how this reshaped the ethical and social priorities of corporations. Consideration is given to CSR or corporate social responsibility. (3) Deviant Ethics of Globalisation: This section will cover emerging issues faced by global businesses today, such as child labour, mobile capital, glocalisation and the anti-capitalist movement. (4) Contemporary Issues in Business Ethics: this section will focus on areas such as ethical investment, ethical consumerism, the fair trade phenomenon, shareholder activism, and the unethical behaviour of corporations. Essential Reading and Resource List Crane A. and Matten, D. (2004), Business Ethics (Oxford University Press) ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 287 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Fisher, C. and Lovell, A. (2006), Business Ethics and Values (Prentice Hall) Boatright, J. R. (2006),Ethics and the Conduct of Business, 5th ed. (Prentice Hall) Page 288 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3735 - Organisational Analysis and Change School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3735 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Ismael Al-amoudi Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this third year module is to enable students to develop a critical understanding of key approaches to analysing organisations and change. The module will introduce students to a range of theoretical perspectives and analytical skills to undertake a critical analysis of contemporary issues in organisations. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding Understand the perspective-based nature of theories of organisation and assess the implications for organisational analysis Demonstrate a critical understanding of the main theories used in the management literature to analyse and explain organizational processes. Use this knowledge to examine organizations and the events that occur within them. Critically evaluate the ‘usefulness’ of various theories for management and/or other groups in organizations. Critically assess a number of theoretical approaches to analysing organisations, using the cultural organisational perspective. Consider the usefulness of the cultural organisation perspective in effective organisational change Synthesise different theoretical perspectives on culture to analyse issues of gender and diversity Apply a range of theoretical frameworks to explain the use of management fads and fashions in contemporary organisations Critically examine the relationship between organisational change and workplace identities Critically assess the emergence of new forms of organisations and posthierarchical organisations Evaluate the competing theories of organisation-environment relations Critically evaluate the interactions between ‘home’ and ‘work’ and the implications for work/life balance Analyse the role of jokes, irony and humour within organisations. Develop understanding of critical issues in the management of knowledge, including the changing roles of professionals and consultants, intersubjectivity, the process of innovation and the contribution of information and communications technology. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 289 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook B. Intellectual Skills: Apply a range of epistemological and ontological approaches to the analysis of contemporary organisational issues Appreciate the implications of contrasting approaches for the analysis of organisations and the management of change Present advanced level critical analysis in assessed work and examination answers C. Discipline Specific Skills: Demonstrate the ability to undertake critical reflection in the selection and use of various perspectives on organisational analysis and change. D. Transferable Skills: Develop and effectively utilise a range of transferable skills in the critical analysis of organisations. Develop the skills of critical reflection, creative thinking, effective communication, and the giving and receiving of feedback through a range of individual and group based exercises and case studies How the module will be delivered The module is formally assessed by one 3000 word essay, submitted at the end of the first semester and a three hour exam to be held at the end of the second (final) semester. In the examination, students are required to answer three questions, one from the first semester and two from the second semester. How the module will be assessed In addition, informal forms of assessment are made use of in the tutorials. Here a range of tutor and peer-driven informal assessment provides students with feedback on critical analysis, the application of theory, and the development of a range of transferable skills. The teaching and learning approaches are designed to focus on three areas: content (knowledge), context (applying knowledge to ‘real life’ situations) and capability (developing transferable skills). Overall, the aim is on challenging assumptions, developing an awareness of context and seeking alternative ways of understanding a situation or problem. A number of different learning and teaching methods will be used. Formal two-hour lectures will be supplemented by small group (tutorial) sessions of two hours duration. The tutorials are designed to be highly participative, drawing on case study material, experiential exercises and ‘realistic’ learning situations. The tutorials will provide the main arena for critical debate and for the development of critical self-reflexive techniques and other transferable skills. Page 290 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 50 Written Assessment Presentation organisational analysis and change Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A 35 coursework (3,000 words) N/A 12 15 tutorial presentations N/A N/A Syllabus content Ways of knowing, post-modern organisations, professions and organisations, identities, working and living, organisation-environment relations, understanding, analysing and implementing change, knowledge work and expert work; network organisations; markets, networks and hierarchies; professional organisations and change; knowledge work and ICT; innovation and knowledge creation; middle management and change, fads and fashions, culture, gendered cultures, humour. Background Reading and Resource List Alvesson, M. (2002) Understanding Organizational Culture, Sage. Grey, C. (2009) A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About Studying Organisations, Second Edition, Sage. Hancock, P. and Tyler, M. (2001) Work, Postmodernism and Organization, Sage. Hatch, M. J. (with Cunliffe, A. L.) (2006) Organization Theory: Modern, Symbolic, and Postmodern Perspectives, Oxford. Kipping, M. and Engwall, L. (eds) (2002) Management Consulting, Oxford University Press. McAuley, J., Duberley, J. and Johnson, P. (2007) Organization Theory: Challenges and Perspectives, Prentice Hall. Newell, S., Robertson, M. and Scarborough, H. (2002) Managing Knowledge Work, Palgrave. Thompson, P. and McHugh, D. (2002) Work Organizations: A Critical Introduction, Macmillan ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 291 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3739 - Advanced Operations Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3739 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Jonathan Gosling Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The Strategic Operations Management module builds on the work undertaken in the BS2582 Operations Management module and aims to provide students an advanced understanding of operations management research methods and their application in solving business problems. It also develops an appreciation of the role of operational research in the development of business strategy. The Advanced Operations Management module aims to: provide students with a number of operational management strategies that can be applied to real world problems. stimulate an appreciation of the use of different types of operations management strategies to solving problems. give students a foundation in operations management research. enable students to apply the relevant operations management strategy to the correct situation. enable students to understand operational management strategies and research and draw the correct conclusions from them. give students an appreciation of the role of research in strategy development. reinforce other modules in the programme from a strategic and research perspective. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding Evaluate best practice operations management strategies and their applications. Understand the context and assumptions behind the application of various operational management strategies. Demonstrate the ability to solve problems using Operations Management strategies. Recognise the link between operations management strategies and other corporate strategies. B. Intellectual Skills: Critically appraise various strategies within the context of operational constraints Page 292 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Develop and present a balanced, considered, professional argument of the strengths and weaknesses of operations management strategies and research methods. Test the application of various operational strategies via business games. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Critically appraise various strategies within the context of operational constraints Relate the strategic aspects of operations management to actual “how it is done” activities Demonstrate their ability to solve problems using Operations Management techniques. Recognise common barriers to operational improvement activities and how they can be overcome. D. Transferable Skills: Utilise computer spreadsheet software as an aid to problem solving. Working with others in a team. Demonstrate communication skills by presenting well argued justifications for their strategic choices. How the module will be delivered Teaching will take place during Autumn and Spring semesters. There will be approximately 44 hours of tutorials and lectures. Tutorials will focus on carefully selected worked examples, case studies, computer exercises and management games to re-enforce the lecture topics. The module is fully supported by a web page for the module that contains; worked examples, computer spreadsheet models of various concepts explored in the module, links to other useful websites, previous assignments and exams papers and other supplementary material. How the module will be assessed Learning outcomes are assessed through three methods. There is a three hour examination (60%) at the end of the module, an individual essay assignment of 2500 words submitted at the end of the first semester, and an individual project assignment, equivalent to 2500 words, submitted in Semester 2. The two pieces of course work have equal weighting contributing to 40% of the module assessment. The topics on which students are assessed relate to key aspects of the syllabus and are intended to be problem solving in nature. The examination is in two halves with questions related to both semesters. One half will be quantitative in nature and the other will be qualitative. Answers will be in the form of essays, numerical solutions and diagrammatical representations. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 293 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 60 Written Assessment Written Assessment advanced operations management Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A 20 project work N/A 8 20 coursework N/A 7 Syllabus content The syllabus will build on latest research and developments in operations management and research strategy. The students will be shown how to critically analyse the latest strategic thinking in operations management and to discuss the relevance of these strategies to various operational environments. Coverage of the syllabus content will be achieved through the effective linking of key research papers with specific taught sessions where the underpinning knowledge and specific research themes are reinforced. Selected research papers will be provided to the students and discussed during the lecture periods. From here key tools, techniques and paradigms are drawn out and fully developed in the teaching phase of the lecture. The learning approach is centred on four themes: Industrial problem solving Practical tools and techniques developed through labs and tutorials A combination of qualitative and quantitative approaches Learning content will be research-led The module tutors will review annually a range of papers that have made a significant contribution in the field of operations management. Candidate journals include, but are not limited to, Journal of Operations Management, International Journal of Operations and Production Management, International Journal of Production Research and International Journal of Production Economics. The papers will also be selected based on their research methods content pertinent to the field of operations management. Research data sources will be categorised as archival, empirical, analytical and opinion. Current topical themes include: auditing and process improvement, strategic priorities, project management and earned value, production planning and control via the decoupling point, queuing and inventory management. Essential Reading and Resource List There is no ‘core text’ which covers all aspects of the course. Background Reading and Resource List As many lectures are based on individual or clusters of research papers, reading will be distributed as the course progresses. Page 294 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3740 - International Human Resource Management School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3740 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Deborah Hann Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module explores with students how the management of people has an international dimension and seeks to develop knowledge and understanding of HR practices within international employing organisations. The module also makes evident to students that HRM practices must be regarded within an international political economy, focusing on how nation states, civic organisations, global business activities and transnational bodies shape contemporary HRM practices. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the process of managing human resources in international organisations Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the context that shapes international HRM, including the strategies and structures of firms, the institutions and cultures of host countries, the international regulatory environment, and international trade unionism and the new social movements B. Intellectual Skills: This module will encourage students to develop a critical approach to ideas and evidence encountered in the module of study. The assessed essay and examination require students to demonstrate a knowledge of, and an ability to synthesise and evaluate the relative merits of different arguments in each of the main areas of the syllabus. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Students taking the module will be required to communicate effectively and read and interpret theoretical and research-based literature on aspects of international HRM and international employment relations. Students will also acquire an ability to evaluate and formulate policies relating to the management of workforces in international organisations, including conformance to international labour standards. Communicate HR Issues and policies effectively through posters/and leaflets/pamphlets ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 295 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Read and interpret theoretical and research-based literature on international HRM and international employment relations and demonstrate an ability to communicate such information effectively Demonstrate an ability to evaluate and formulate policies relating to the management of workforces in international organisations, including conformance to international labour standards D. Transferable Skills: Students taking the module will develop a series of advanced learning skills. There is an emphasis on good oral communication within tutorials and a particular stress is placed on the development of effective writing skills. Students will work in groups to complete tutorial exercises, allowing teamworking skills to be nurtured and there is an emphasis on developing research skills through the use of internet and other electronic sources in tutorial exercises. General study skills will be developed through the use of lectures, tutorials and reading lists and through the preparation of an assignment and completion of the examination. Students will refine word-processing skills by submitting an assignment with an accent on imaginative presentation. formulate and apply a range of academic skills including: the evaluation of theoretical models; the operationalisation of concepts; and the interpretation of empirical evidence develop analytical, communication, presentation, team-working and learning skills through tutorials and group presentations Production of posters and leaflets IT Skills (Photoshop) How the module will be delivered This module will rely upon a student-centred and active learning approach to teaching. Students develop the necessary insights and skills to allow them to become independent learners. Tutorial and lecture activities are planned carefully so that they not only impart necessary information and knowledge but allow students to participate in the learning process and develop their competencies. High expectations will be communicated to students in order to build esteem and promote effective performance. The module will employ a diverse range of teaching methodologies and techniques and there will be a deliberate effort to avoid lectures and tutorials becoming formulaic and predictable. The module will consist of 40 hours of lectures and 10 hours of tutorials. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed The extent of student reading and knowledge of the subject is formally assessed in the examination and assessed essay/report components of the module. Oral communication is informally assessed via comments given to students on presentations and discussions in tutorials. Comments are made on the presentation Page 296 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes and content of word-processed assessed work, using agreed criteria and there is overall feedback on the assignment given to the group. Both mechanisms allow for formative assessment. Informal assessment is made of the depth and quality of the material gathered for tutorial work and individual and group activities are informally assessed with comments relating to the strengths and weaknesses of student performance. The examination will be of three hours in length and will require students to answer three questions, at least one of which will relate to the first semester’s work. The assignment will consist of a substantial individual piece of work (essay or report) of 3000 words in length Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 60 Written Assessment international human resource management Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A 20 group assisgnment poster N/A 11 Written Assessment 4 group assignment leaflet N/A 11 Written Assessment 16 group assignment poster presentation N/A 11 Syllabus content Globalisation, international competition and employment; International HRM and the HR manager in a global economy; International labour standards; European social models and HRM; Varieties of capitalism; National systems of employment and HRM (Japan, USA, Spain and Asian models); Beyond national models – pressures for change of IHRM; Industrial patterns of HRM (civil aviation and auto manufacturing); The convergence of IHRM; Training and education of employees; Corporate social responsibility; Work organization; Expatriation: Staffing the multinational companies; International management development Essential Reading and Resource List Edwards, T. and C. Rees (2006) International Human Resource Management: Globalisation, National Systems and Multinational Companies, Prentice Hall. Harzing, A-W. and H. Van Ruysseveldt (eds.) (2004) International Human Resource Management, Sage. Background Reading and Resource List Bamber, G. et al (2004) International and Comparative Industrial Relations, Sage. Boyer, R. et al (eds.) (1998) Between Imitation and Innovation: The Transfer and Hybridization of Productive Models in the International Automobile Industry, Oxford University Press. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 297 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook Brewster, C. et al (2007) International Human Resource Management, CIPD. Briscoe, D. et al (2009) International Human Resource Management: Policies and Practices for the Global Enterprise, Routledge. Brown, P. et al (2001) High Skills: Globalisation, Competitiveness and Skill Formation, Oxford University Press. Budhwar, P. (ed.) (2004) Managing Human Resources in Asia-Pacific, Routledge. Dowling, P. and D. E. Welch (2004) International Human Resource Management: Managing People in a Multinational Context, Thomson Learning. Dowling, P. et al (2008) International Human Resource Management, Thomson. Eaton, J. (2000) Comparative Employment Relations: An Introduction,Polity Press. Ferner, A. and R. Hyman (eds.) (1998) Changing Industrial Relations in the New Europe, Blackwell. Hall, P. and D. Soskice (eds.) (2001) Varieties of Capitalism,Oxford University Press. Hyman, R. (2001) Understanding European Trade Unionism, Sage. Lucas, R. et al (2006) Human Resource Management in an International Context, CIPD. Morley, M.J. et al (eds.) (2006) Global Industrial Relations, Routledge. Ozbilgin, M. (2005)International Human Resource Management, Palgrave. Parker, B. (1998) Globalization and Business Practice: Managing Across Boundaries, Sage. Roozendahl, G. (2002) Trade Unions and Global Governance, Continuum. Scullion, H. et al (2005) International Human Resource Management, Palgrave. Scullion, H. (2006) Global Staffing, Routledge. Tayeb, M. (2005) International Human Resource Management: A Multinational Company Perspective, Oxford University Press. Students will be expected to make use of relevant journals including: British Journal of Industrial Relations Bulletin of Comparative Labour Relations European Journal of Industrial Relations International Journal of Human Resource Management Politics and Society Page 298 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3741 - Marketing Decision Making School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3741 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr John Kouropalatis Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The module presents the context, concepts, methods and applications of decision modelling, covering marketing decision areas such as segmentation, positioning, new product design, forecasting, advertising and promotion planning, pricing and product strategies. This course will help students develop skills and learn techniques necessary for translating conceptual understanding into specific operational plans and marketing decisions. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding: B. Understand how analytical techniques and computer models can enhance decision making. Understand how to apply specific analytical techniques to market problems in a variety of contexts. Critically appraise marketing phenomena and processes for their usefulness in decision-making Evaluate the components of marketing strategies and programmes for relevance and outcomes. Assess the implementation barriers facing specific marketing initiatives and develop a logical approach to problem-solving. Intellectual Skills: Exercise powers of inquiry, logic and critical analysis Interpret and evaluate arguments and evidence Translate findings into actionable activities. C. Discipline Specific Skills: To discriminate and critically evaluate different marketing actions in terms of relevance, efficiency and results. Ability to apply software tools to real marketing decision problems Appreciate the processes and impediments to developing and implementing a strategic marketing plan ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 299 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook D. Transferable Skills: To access and critically appraise from a variety of research resources To identify alternative options in a decision-making context. How the module will be delivered The formal timetabled components of the module consist of approximately 44 hours of lectures and 12 hours of labs. The lecture programme is supported by detailed handouts and structured reading of core texts and additional readings. The labs will focus on developing analytical skills and will be supported with handouts, instructions, and readings. How the module will be assessed A single in course assignment and a written examination are designed to cover the learning outcomes of the module and to test skill development. The assignment will focus on strategic marketing decisions, such as the segmentation, targeting and positioning, for a given company. This assignment will be due at then end of term 1. The written examination will address the main marketing decision making concepts and context (such as NPD, advertising, pricing, etc) and will be held at the end of the spring term. Each assessment element will be equally weighted. Formative assessment arises from the lab sessions where a range of tutor and peerdriven informal assessment provides students with feedback on critical analysis, the application of theory and the development of a range of transferable skills. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 50 marketing decision making 3 hrs N/A Written Assessment 12 50 coursework N/A Syllabus content The module presents the concepts, methods and applications of decision modelling to address marketing issues such as segmentation, positioning, new product design, development and forecasting, advertising and promotion planning, pricing and product strategies. The course content will categorize decision support systems into two main areas, those that help with strategic dimensions and those that assist the development of marketing programmes. Indicative syllabus is as follows: Introduction to Marketing decision models Segmentation and Targeting process and methods Positioning using Perceptual Mapping Techniques Tools for Strategic Marketing Decisions Page 300 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes New Product Decisions Advertising and Communications decisions Sales force and channel decisions Price and Sales promotion decisions Essential Reading and Resource List Best, R. (2005) Market-based Management, International edition, Prentice Hall Lilien, G.L. and Rangaswamy, A. (2003) Marketing Engineering, Prentice Hall Mullins, J., Walker Jr., O. and Boyd Jr., H. (2009) Marketing Management, A Decision-Making Approach, 7th edition, McGraw-Hill Irwin. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 301 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook BS3742 - Services and Relationship Marketing School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3742 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Kate Daunt Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module This module aims to broaden students’ understanding of marketing beyond that of the traditional marketing mix approach. It is intended that this course will offer a specialised advanced level module in the areas of services and relationship marketing. The module aims to show how service and relational approaches are increasingly becoming the preferred marketing model. This is facilitated by demonstrating progression from the traditional marketing mix and services marketing towards an alternative marketing paradigm. Subsequently, a practical approach is used to show how services marketing and relationship marketing are used in the business environment. Further strategic developments in marketing are also reviewed, for example customer relationship management, loyalty and experience marketing. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding Understand the theoretical underpinnings of services marketing and relationship marketing. Understand service markets, products and customers Understand the application of these approaches to a variety of environmental contexts Understand the tools and skills necessary for the successful implementation of both services marketing and relationship marketing strategies. B. Intellectual Skills: Analyse and evaluate marketing and management issues arising from the services marketing and relationship marketing approaches Critically analyse various contrasting theoretical and practical approaches to services marketing and relationship marketing. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Be able to apply principles of services marketing and relationship marketing to appropriate services and environments. Page 302 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D. Develop relational marketing programmes using a range of facilitating interactive media. Transferable Skills: Be able to construct a balanced and valid argument within a given context. Develop a range of presentation and report writing skills appropriate to the business environment. Be aware of wider social issues involved with new business practices. How the module will be delivered 44 hours of classes per student will be provided. These include a number of lectures and small group sessions How the module will be assessed Assessment will be via an individual assignment and an examination. The assignment will be designed to explore students’ understanding of and ability to apply and evaluate concepts and approaches presented to them in the module. The examination assesses student understanding of, and ability to use and apply, a both services and relational approaches to marketing. They will also be examined on their understanding of marketing theory in these areas. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Examination - Spring Semester 60 Written Assessment 40 coursework services and relationship marketing Duration(hrs) Week 3 hrs N/A N/A 11 Syllabus content The development of marketing from the traditional marketing mix with an emphasis on services marketing and relational marketing. Understanding service markets, products and customers. The service-dominant logic perspective. The Servicescape Managing people in a services and relationship marketing environment. Service failure and service recovery. Origins and theoretical underpinnings of Relationship Marketing. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 303 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook The facets of successful marketing relationships. The Relationship Marketing model. Relationship Marketing in practice. Relationship maintenance and dissolution. Background Reading and Resource List Wirtz, Jochen, Patricia Chew and Christopher Lovelock (2013). Essentials of Services Marketing, 2nd Edition. Pearson. Zeithaml, V, Bitner, MJ and Gremler, G (2005) Services Marketing 4e, McGrawHill Baron, S., Conway, T. and Warnaby, G. (2010), Relationship Marketing: A Consumer Experience Approach, SAGE: London Egan, J (2011) Relationship Marketing: Exploring Relational Strategies in Marketing 4e, Pearson: Harlow Evans, M, O’Malley L and Patterson M (2004) Exploring Direct and Customer Relationship Marketing, Thomson Learning Sheth, J and Parvatiyar, A (2000), Handbook of Relationship Marketing, SAGE: Thousand Oaks Journal of Services Marketing Journal of Services Research Journal of Database Marketing Journal of Interactive Marketing Journal of Relationship Marketing Page 304 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes BS3744 - International Business School Cardiff Business School Module Code BS3744 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Patrick Artisien Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module To develop an understanding of the role of international firms in the world economy and their influence on the economic development of host countries. To facilitate understanding and application of methods of assessing international markets, entering them and developing, implementing and evaluating international business programmes. On completion of the module a student should be able to A. Knowledge and Understanding Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the role of multinationals in the world economy Identify and assess the international business issues facing firms. Contrast the evolution of multinationals in North America, Western Europe, Japan and the newly industrialising countries B. Intellectual Skills: Contrast the evolution of multinationals in North America, Western Europe, Japan and the newly industrialising countries Diagnose the fundamental issues involved in the internationalisation of business activity Appreciate the impact of culture in international business. C. Discipline Specific Skills: Explore the application of alternative international business strategies. Develop international business strategies. Synthesise theories of corporate internationalisation and question the future of the multinational. D. Transferable Skills: Demonstrate ability to analyse concepts and theories and to apply these to different international contexts and then to evaluate applicability and implications within both a business and societal context and across cultures. How the module will be delivered ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 305 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook 44 hours of lectures will include a variety of approaches such as staff presentations, guest speakers, use of case study and video material. Students will be encouraged to explore issues in international business in their own study time as well as for the assessments. How the module will be assessed Examination Component - 60% One 3 hour examination at the end of the Spring Semester Continuous Assessment - 40% Individual assessed assignment of 2500 – 3000 words to be submitted in week 1 of the Spring Semester. Assessment will be via an individual assignment and an examination. The assignment will be designed to explore students’ understanding of and ability to apply and evaluate concepts and approaches to International Business. The examination assesses student understanding of, and ability to use and apply, a range of approaches needed within international contexts of business and marketing. Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 60 international business 3 hrs Written Assessment 40 international business - individual N/A assignment N/A 1 Syllabus content The International Business Environment Globalisation. International trade: Trade theories and the development of the world trading system. Modes of entry: Exporting – turnkey projects – licensing – franchising – joint ventures – wholly owned subsidiaries – greenfields – takeovers – strategic alliances. Economic, political and legal risk analysis: Political legal and economic risks – government intervention – operational and management problems – sourcing – implications for business – benefits and costs – ethical issues Page 306 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes Foreign Direct Investment Regional Economic Integration: levels of integration – the case for and against integration – the European Union – NAFTA, MERCOSUR, ASEAN. Investing in less developed and transition economies: Eastern Europe, Russia, China and Southern Africa The Japanese model The international technological environment. Technology transfer: Technology transfer to LDCs – Research and Development – Dualistic economic structure – appropriate technology – LDC factor endowment. Multinationals from newly industrialising countries: Korea – Malaysia – Thailand – off the shelf technology – vehicles of industrial upgrading. International Ethics and Legality: social responsibility of MNEs – codes of conduct – ethics and the environment – managing interdependence. Cross Cultural Decision Making: culture and its effects of organisations – comparative management in focus – the negotiation process – decision making. Background Reading and Resource List P. Artisien (2001) Multinationals in Eastern Europe, Macmillan-Palgrave. C.W.L Hill (2012) International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace, Irwin McGraw-Hill, Boston. M. Wolf (2005) Why Globalisation Works, Yale University Press, London. J.J. Wild and K.L. Wild, International Business: The Challenges of Globalization, Pearson, Boston, 2012. ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 307 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook ML3701 - Language Skills For Professionals (Fren) School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML3701 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Mrs Genevieve Kinnafick Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with the necessary language employability skills, together with an understanding of employment issues in the EU context to be able to work in French speaking countries. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C show their ability to apply for jobs in French speaking countries by participating in simulated situations and producing written work with a near native linguistic competence, demonstrate their understanding of employment organisations in the EU context, demonstrate their ability to read and comprehend official documents by commenting intelligently on their contents, both orally and in writing, demonstrate their presentational skills in French by giving business presentations and participating. extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics business related within the framework of a structured and reasoned argument, demonstrate their ability to communicate in writing by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills, demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from spoken sources, make effective use of language reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Page 308 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and flexibly with other as part of a team, show effective use of mediating skills and qualities of empathy. How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops during which students will work in small groups using authentic documents published by the European Union. Indicative study hours: 200 How the module will be assessed Examination component - 50% One 2 hour written examination at the end of the Spring Semester Continuous assessment - 50% One oral presentation - 20% One 20-minute oral presentation - 15% One 30-minute aural test - 15% Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 50 Written Assessment 20 oral N/A N/A Written Assessment 15 oral presentation N/A N/A Class Test 15 aural test N/A N/A language skills for professionals 2 hrs (french) N/A Syllabus content Extensive use of the Internet to obtain EU documentation; documentation from French business magazines and textbooks; intensive practise of translation and interpreting skills; legal documentation on the French job market; case studies. Essential Reading and Resource List Access to a selection of French newspapers and magazines Background Reading and Resource List Access to a selection of French newspapers and magazines ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 309 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook ML3711 - Language Skills For Professionals (Span) School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML3711 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Dr Luzia Dominguez Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with the necessary language employability skills, together with an understanding of employment issues in the EU context to be able to work in Spanish speaking countries. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: D show their ability to apply for jobs in Spanish speaking countries by participating in simulated situations and producing written work with a near native linguistic competence. demonstrate their understanding of employment organisations in the EU context. demonstrate their ability to read and comprehend official documents by commenting intelligently on their contents, both orally and in writing. demonstrate their presentational skills in Spanish by giving business demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics business related within the framework of a structured and reasoned argument, demonstrate their ability to communicate in writing by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills, demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from spoken sources, make effective use of language reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and flexibly with other as part of a team, Page 310 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes show effective use of mediating skills and qualities of empathy. How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops during which students will work in small groups using authentic documents published by the European Union. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 50 Written Assessment 20 oral N/A N/A Written Assessment 15 oral presentation N/A N/A Class Test 15 aural test N/A N/A language skills for professionals 2 hrs (spanish) N/A Syllabus content Extensive use of the Internet to obtain EU documentation; documentation from Spanish business magazines and textbooks; intensive practise of translation and interpreting skills; legal documentation on the Spanish job market; case studies Essential Reading and Resource List Aguirre Beltran B, 1998, El Espanol por profesiones, 1 La Empresa, S.A. 1993, Dictionary of Business, English-Spanish, Spanish-English, Peter Collin Publishing Background Reading and Resource List Journals: Emprendedores, Muy Interesante, Puerto del Sol Access to a selection of Spanish newspapers and magazines ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 311 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook ML3721 - Language Skills For Professionals (Germ) School Cardiff Business School Module Code ML3721 Number of Credits 20 Level L6 Module Leader Ms Helga Eckart Semester Double Semester Outline Description of Module The aim of this module is to equip students with the necessary language employability skills, together with an understanding of employment issues in the EU context to be able to work in German speaking countries. On completion of the module a student should be able to A Knowledge and Understanding: B Intellectual Skills: C show their ability to apply for jobs in German speaking countries by participating in simulated situations and producing written work with a near native linguistic competence. demonstrate their understanding of employment organisations in the EU context. demonstrate their ability to read and comprehend official documents by commenting intelligently on their contents, both orally and in writing. demonstrate their presentational skills in German by giving business presentation. extract and synthesise key information from written and spoken sources, engage in constructive and critical assessment of ideas and arguments. Discipline Specific Skills: demonstrate their ability to express themselves creatively and fluently on a wide range of topics business related within the framework of a structured and reasoned argument, demonstrate their ability to communicate in writing by effectively applying analytical and problem solving skills, demonstrate their ability to extract and analyse detailed information from spoken sources, make effective use of language reference materials, to refine knowledge and understanding of register, nuances of meaning and language use. Page 312 of 314 Cardiff University Accounting and Finance related (including Joint Honours and Intercalary) Programmes D Transferable Skills: show an ability to work creatively and flexibly with other as part of a team, show effective use of mediating skills and qualities of empathy. How the module will be delivered There will be 48 hours of language workshops during which students will work in small groups using authentic documents published by the European Union. Indicative study hours: 200 Assessment Breakdown Type % Title Duration(hrs) Week Examination - Spring Semester 50 Written Assessment 20 oral N/A N/A Written Assessment 15 oral presentation N/A N/A Written Assessment 15 aural N/A N/A language skills for professionals 2 hrs (german) N/A Syllabus content Extensive use of the Internet to obtain EU documentation; documentation from German business magazines and textbooks; intensive practise of translation and interpreting skills; legal documentation on the German job market; case studies Essential Reading and Resource List Renner Sachs, 1987, Economic Terminology, Hueber Seel H, 1999, Deutschland in Europa-Europa in Deutschland, Inter Nationes Background Reading and Resource List Access to a selection of German newspapers and magazines ©2014 Cardiff Business School Page 313 of 314 Undergraduate Programme Handbook END OF MODULE DESCRIPTIONS Page 314 of 314 Cardiff University